PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual
PIPEPHASE 9.6
.H\ZRUG0DQXDO
March 2013
All rights reserved. No part of this documentation shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Invensys Systems, Inc. No copyright or patent liability is assumed with
respect to the use of the information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the
preparation of this documentation, the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or
omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information
contained herein.
The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice and does not represent a
commitment on the part of Invensys Systems, Inc. The software described in this documentation is
furnished under a license or nondisclosure agreement. This software may be used or copied only in
accordance with the terms of these agreements.
For comments or suggestions about the product documentation, send an e-mail message to
[email protected].
All terms mentioned in this documentation that are known to be trademarks or service marks have been
appropriately capitalized. Invensys Systems, Inc. cannot attest to the accuracy of this information. Use of
a term in this documentation should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service
mark. Invensys, Invensys logo, PIPEPHASE, INPLANT, and SimSci-Esscor are trademarks of Invensys plc, its
subsidiaries and affiliates.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction
About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
New Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Occasional Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Experienced Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
About SimSci-Esscor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Chapter 2 Overview
About This Chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Scope and Objectives of PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Flow Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Property Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Calculation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Piping Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure Drop Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
User Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Typical Applications of PIPEPHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Field Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Transmission Pipelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Slug Catcher Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Solving Networks with PIPEPHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
The Building Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Joining Segments Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Joining Links Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Pressure Balance Solution Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Chapter 5 Results
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Intermediate Printout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Solution Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
PVT Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Source Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Network Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Case Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
TOC-8 Table of Contents
Lift Gas Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Network Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Inflow Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Flash Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Link Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Device Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Structure Data Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Velocity Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Results Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Link Device Detail Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Pressure and Temperature Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Pressure and Temperature Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Phase Envelope Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Phase Envelope Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Holdup and Velocity Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Pressure Gradient Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Taitel-Dukler-Barnea Flow Regime Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Link Property Detail Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Viscosity and Density Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Friction and Surface Tension Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Heat Transfer Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Slug Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Case Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Sphering Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Results Access System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Appendix B Glossary
Glossary of Frequently Used Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Appendix C References
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Chapter 5, Results, is a guided tour of the results output and how to interpret the output.
Chapter 6, Technical Reference, gives more detailed information on methodologies used
in the program calculations
Occasional Users
If you are an occasional user revisiting PIPEPHASE after an absence, take some time to
skim through Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE, to remind yourself of the programs
capabilities and conventions. Then go on to Chapter 4, Input Reference.
Experienced Users
If you use PIPEPHASE regularly, you will be able to find everything you need in
Chapter 4, Input Reference, and Chapter 6, Technical Reference.
About SimSci-Esscor
PIPEPHASE is backed by the full resources of SimSci-Esscor. SimSci-Esscor provides
the most thorough service capabilities and advanced process modeling technologies
available to the process industries. SimSci-Esscors comprehensive support around the
world, allied with its training seminars for every level of user, is aimed solely at making
your use of PIPEPHASE the most efficient and effective that it can be.
Support Services
Both new and experienced users will benefit significantly from attending one of SimSci-
Esscors regularly scheduled training courses on PIPEPHASE. If you would like to
obtain a list of available courses, or if you have any questions relating to the use of
PIPEPHASE, its methods, data, or technology, please call your nearest SimSci-Esscor
support office.
1-2 Introduction
To contact your nearest SimSci-Esscor support office, select and click Technical
Support...from the Help menu. A Help desk page is displayed. Click the Support
Centres link to view the contact details of your nearest support centre. The SimSci-
Esscor support centres are also hosted on our website. Please visit the following link:
http://www.simsci-esscor.com/us/eng/support/supportlocations/default.htm
Chapter Contents
Several special capabilities have also been designed into PIPEPHASE including well
analysis with inflow performance; gas lift analysis; pipeline sphering; and sensitivity
(nodal) analysis. These additions extend the range of the PIPEPHASE application so that
the full range of pipeline and piping network problems can be solved.
Special capabilities have been designed into PIPEPHASE like pipeline sphering. This
extends the range of PIPEPHASE applications so that varied pipeline and piping
network problems can be solved.
2-2 Overview
Flow Devices
PIPEPHASE can be used for simulating single or multiphase fluid flow through any
combination of pipes, tubing, annuli, fittings and items of process equipment. In
PIPEPHASE, pipes, tubing and annuli are collectively known as flow devices. Pipes are
normally used for modeling pipelines whereas tubing and annuli simulate flow in wells.
A complete listing of available flow devices can be found in This chapter describes how
PIPEPHASE handles flow devices within pipe sections.
Property Data
PIPEPHASE can simulate fluids defined either by composition, by assay (ASTM, TBP)
curve, or by non-compositional means. For compositionally or assay defined fluids, all
component, thermodynamic, and transport property data are stored in, or created from,
PIPEPHASEs data and calculation libraries. For non-compositionally defined fluids,
PIPEPHASE uses built-in correlations to determine all physical property data the
program requires for pressure drop and heat transfer calculations. Details of the different
fluid types and how to define them can be found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
Calculation Modes
PIPEPHASE can be used for designing new systems or rating existing ones. Any piping
topology can be addressed, from a simple single link of flow devices to the most
complex network of pipelines and wells, including multiple inlets and outlets and any
degree of looping. In network configurations, you are allowed to fix almost any
combination of pressures and flowrates and PIPEPHASE will solve for all the remaining
unknowns.
Piping Systems
PIPEPHASE rigorously simulates anything from a simple single pipe to the most
complex piping systems with multiple inlets and outlets. Line capacities, flow
distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects, in-line flow patterns,
vapor and liquid velocities, and preferential phase splitting at tees for steam systems are
all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be found in Chapter 3,
Using PIPEPHASE.
Line capacities, flow distribution in loops, heat transfer effects, Joule-Thomson effects,
in-line flow patterns, vapor and liquid velocities and preferential phase splitting at tees
for steam systems are all accurately determined. Details of how these are invoked can be
found in Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE.
User Convenience
PIPEPHASE is fully supported by SimSci-Esscors experienced staff who can supply
advise on using the program and offer assistance if you are having problems. Simply call
or e-mail the nearest authorized SimSci-Esscor technical support center. Full
documentation is also available from these SimSci-Esscor centers. In addition to the
easy-to-use keyword version of PIPEPHASE, SimSci-Esscor offers a version with a
convenient Windows graphical user interface.
Field Production
Gathering Systems Gathering systems, from the reservoir to the separation facilities
or transmission pipeline, may be analyzed using PIPEPHASE. For wells, you may
model inflow performance, completions, tubing/annuli flow, chokes, submersible
pumps and gaslift. For the flowlines and trunklines, you may model pipes, chokes,
separators, pumps, compressors, heaters, and coolers. The interaction between the
surface lines and the well strings are modeled with the appropriate network mass and
pressure equations. Each line of the network, both surface and downhole, are sub-
jected to the heat balance relationships so that flowing temperatures can be pre-
dicted. New gathering systems can be designed for optimum efficiency and old
systems can be revamped.The effects of changing separator conditions or flowline
size, for example, can easily be studied using case study analysis.
Gaslift Analysis PIPEPHASE has four gaslift options. You may analyze the perfor-
mance of wells which are currently on gaslift, maximize oil recovery using new
gaslift, and determine which gaslift valves should be activated for a specified pro-
duction scheme. This allows you to study each production well in a field over the life
of the reservoir. You may determine which wells are candidates for gaslift, how pro-
duction can be improved with gaslift, and which gaslift rates and valve locations are
2-4 Overview
required. For all gaslift options, the production fluid is considered to be in the tubing
and the lift gas in the annulus around it.
Once the location of the gaslift valve and the amount of injection gas is determined,
the performance of an entire gathering system can be analyzed in the Network mode.
Enhanced Oil Recovery PIPEPHASE is not a reservoir model. However, it can be
used to analyze water, steam, gas, nitrogen, and CO2 injection wells, complete with
the outflow reservoir performance as predicted by a reservoir simulator, or as mea-
sured by well-test data. PIPEPHASE can be used to predict injection rates and con-
ditions, flowing bottomhole pressures, and similar phenomena. Of course,
PIPEPHASE can also be used to analyze the transmission pipelines or distribution
networks that deliver the injection fluids.
Re-Routing and Mothballing For complex gathering and distribution networks, you
may want to re-route part of the production and shutdown certain wells or entire
gathering centers. This can be modeled with PIPEPHASE without coding new input
files. New pipe links are manually inserted. Some engineering judgment should be
exercised in selecting the scenarios as to how links are to be shut-in and new links
added through the case study or time stepping utilities.
Transmission Pipelines
PIPEPHASE can simulate or predict the pressure and temperature profiles for an
existing pipeline system that consists of various sizes of pipes, pumps, separators and
other equipment. It accomplishes this using one or more of its industry standard
pressure-drop correlations and its heat balance mechanism. Once the pressure and
temperature profiles are calculated, they can be compared with measured data. In this
manner, you can isolate problem areas and can investigate various remedies by further
simulation.
Power and Duty Requirements In addition to the pipe sizing for a new pipeline sys-
tem, the horsepower of pumps and compressors and the duty of coolers and heaters
must be determined. You can use PIPEPHASE to calculate these requirements based
on either simulated or input suction and discharge conditions.
Insulation Requirement For many pipelines, a balance must be reached between the
retention and addition of heat. Heavy crudes usually have such high viscosities and
sensitive temperature-viscosity functions that it is important to keep the flowing
temperature as high as possible. Waterflood lines in cold environments must be kept
above the freezing point. Liquid dropout and hydrate formation in gas and gas/con-
densate lines can be limited by maintaining or increasing the flowing temperature.
There are two ways of doing this - insulate the line or install heaters along the line.
For onshore pipelines, burying the line or covering it with earth is sometimes an
effective means of retarding heat loss. Generally, some combination of heaters, insu-
lation, and burial constitutes an optimum or nearly optimum operation. Arctic envi-
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 2-5
ronments usually disallow the burial option because of damage to the permafrost
layer.
PIPEPHASE allows prediction of heat loss through the pipe walls and of the perfor-
mance of heaters installed at various locations along the pipeline. PIPEPHASE can
also predict the formation of hydrates.
Cost calculations can be incorporated through the calculator unit operation.
Slug Catcher Sizing The sphering, or pigging, calculation in PIPEPHASE predicts
the quantity of liquids formed as a multiphase fluid flows in a pipeline and deter-
mines the size of the liquid slug that is pushed out by the pig. The volume of a slug
catcher tank must be at least as large as this liquid slug.
If only natural slugging occurs, good engineering practice dictates that the slug
catcher vessel should be sized even larger than the calculated slug volume to account
for transient pigging conditions and statistical uncertainty inherent in all liquid
holdup predictions. Turndown simulation, i.e., holdup predicted for lower rates than
the actual operating rate, should also be a part of any slug-catcher study.
LNG, Carbon Dioxide and Other Fluids Because of its large library of component
data and its variety of thermodynamic options, PIPEPHASE is not restricted to the
traditional hydrocarbon fluids. This means that line sizing, capacity determinations,
power and duty requirements, insulation calculations and station spacing can be
investigated for LNG, dense-phase CO2 and similar fluids using PIPEPHASE.
2-6 Overview
Links
A link is a number of connected flow devices, fittings and equipment items arranged in
series with only one inlet and one outlet. As shown in the figure below, a link comprises
all pipes, fittings and equipment items from the fluid inlet to the outlet.
Networks
A network is a number of links joined together at junctions. A network may have one or
more inlets (sources), one or more outlets (sinks), loops, and crossovers. The following
figure shows a typical network.
All networks are treated the same regardless of the number of sources, sinks, loops, and
crossovers.
The segment calculation takes into account frictional, elevational, and accelerational
pressure drop components. Frictional pressure drop is due to the shear stress between
pipe wall and fluid. Elevational pressure drop is a result of the conversion of fluid
potential energy into hydrostatic pressure and the accelerational pressure drop is the gain
or loss in pressure due to changes in velocity of the fluid. The following figure illustrates
an PIPEPHASE calculation segment.
In addition to the pressure balance for the pipe segment, a heat balance is also
performed. There must be a balance between heat coming into the segment and heat
leaving it. Heat can enter or leave with the fluid or through the flow device walls. The
transfer through the walls is governed by the temperature difference between the average
fluid flowing temperature and the ambient temperature and by the overall heat transfer
coefficient.
2-8 Overview
These calculated conditions become the known conditions for the inlet to the next
segment. Calculations progress sequentially until the end of the device is reached.
Further flow devices are calculated in the same way until the end of the link is reached.
If an item of process equipment, such as a pump, is in the link, the calculated conditions
for the outlet of the flow device become the known inlet conditions for this item. Then
the equipment characteristic equations are solved.
Convergence
For a junction or sink with multiple inflowing links and where you have not fixed the
pressure:
Pressures at a node (i.e., a sink, source, or junction) are calculated for each link inci-
dent on the node. If the pressures are equal within a user defined tolerance, the node
pressure (by pressure balance) has converged.
For fixed sink and junction pressures:
Pressures at a node are calculated for each link incident on the node. When the cal-
culated node pressure is equal to the set node pressure within the user defined toler-
ance, the node pressure has converged.
If the pressure discrepancy is not within tolerance in any of the nodes, the Newton-
Raphson method calculates new mass balanced link flowrate estimates and new source
pressure estimates for the next iteration.
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Defining the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Properties of Fluid Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Flows and Conditions of Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sphering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Piping Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
What PIPEPHASE Calculates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rating, Design, Case Studies and Nodal Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Global Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Units of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Printout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Defining Fluid Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Defining Properties for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Water as a Special Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Non-library Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Petroleum Pseudocomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assay Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Additional Component Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Thermodynamic Properties and Phase Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Transport properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tabular Data for Compositional Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Multiple Thermodynamic Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Additional Thermodynamic Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Defining Properties for Non-Compositional Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gas Condensate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Sphering
Special applications, relevant to oil production, can be modeled with PIPEPHASE.
Sphering or Pigging is used to increase gas flow efficiency in wet gas and gas dominated
multiphase pipelines.
Piping Structure
Before beginning to input problem data into the application, is important that you
convert the structure of the piping system into a simpler schematic representation of the
relevant nodes (i.e., sources, junctions, and sinks) and links. Label each node and link
both uniquely and logically for future reference.
Global Settings
Before you provide PIPEPHASE with information about the fluid and piping structure of
your problem, global parameters may be set and the problem definition described.
Choices can be made on how to control the simulation, define the input units, specify
how much output you want, and set global defaults for use throughout the simulation.
To provide... See...
Descriptive You must use a TITLE statement that denotes that p. 4-14 TITLE
text the input has started. The only word that has to
appear on this statement is TITLE.
On the TITLE statement you may supply text; this p. 4-14 TITLE
text will appear at the top of every page of output,
and will make the run easier to identify.
You can further describe the problem using up to p. 4-14 DESCRIPTION
four lines of 60 characters each.
If you are using the Case Study facility, you may p. 4-158 DESCRIPTION
add one line of description for each case study. You
will find further details about case studies later in
this chapter.
If you are using the Sensitivity (nodal) Analysis p. 4-195 DESCRIPTION
facility, you may add two lines of description, one
for inflow and one for outflow. You will find further
details about nodal analysis later in this chapter.
Input data You may use PIPEPHASE just to check your input p. 4-21 CALCULATION
checking syntax and topology and not to perform any
calculations.
Units of Measurement
PIPEPHASE allows you to construct a group of units of measure (or dimensions) which
are to be used throughout all the simulation input. However, you may locally override
individual units of measure where necessary. The output will always be in the units
supplied on the DIMENSION statement, unless specific output overrides or supplements
Printout Options
PIPEPHASE generates a great deal of data during its calculations. The default printout is
normally sufficient for most engineering applications. You may increase or decrease the
amount of output depending upon your requirements. For further details describing the
output printout, see Chapter 5, Results.
To set the... See...
Output units The default units of measurement for output are p. 4-32 OUTDIMENSION
the same as those defined globally for input on
the DIMENSION statement. Using the
OUTDIMENSION statement, you may define a
separate set of units for the output.
Input reprint You will always get a reprint of your input p. 4-29 PRINT
keyword file. PIPEPHASE then reprints its
interpretation of the input. You may suppress
this interpretation output.
PVTGEN Tables and plots can be requested when p. 4-29 PRINT
generating property data.
Iterative results During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE p. 4-29 PRINT
iterates until it converges to within the set
tolerance. You can request a printout that shows
intermediate results. The results can provide
clues which help to converge large or sensitive
networks.
Flash results In a compositional run, PIPEPHASE prints out p. 4-29 PRINT
phase equilibrium details and the properties of
the phases at each node. This output can be
suppressed.
Devices You can request a range of detail for different p. 4-29 PRINT
devices. In addition, special outputs are
produced for sphering.
Properties PIPEPHASE can output all properties used in p. 4-29 PRINT
output the detailed calculations.
Defaults
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-oF if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes. Beware, these default
selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for your particular
application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an doubt, especially for
the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual for advice.
For convenience, PIPEPHASE allows you to change some defaults globally at the start
of the input.
To define... See...
Flow device You can specify global values for the pipe, p. 4-25 DEFAULT
parameters tubing and annulus inside diameter, the p. 4-96 PIPE
surrounding medium, and the parameters p. 4-100 TUBING
associated with pressure drop and heat transfer. p. 4-98 ANNULUS
You can override these settings for individual
pipes.
Heat transfer You can define the heat transfer for pipes, p. 4-25 DEFAULT
tubings, and annuli as an overall coefficient or p. 4-96 PIPE
by defining the parameters - viscosity, p. 4-100 TUBING
conductivity, velocity, etc. - for the surrounding p. 4-98 ANNULUS
soil, air, or water. You can select a medium and
optionally override these settings for individual
pipes. You can globally suppress heat transfer
calculations and then reinstate them for
individual pipes, tubings, and annuli.
Pressure drop You can globally set the pressure drop method p. 4-22 FCODE
methods and the Palmer parameters for liquid holdup. p. 4-96 PIPE
You can override the pressure drop method for p. 4-100 TUBING
individual pipes, tubing, and annuli. p. 4-98 ANNULUS
Library Components
The SimSci library contains over 1700 components. A full list is available in the SimSci
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual. For all components, the databank
contains data for all the fixed properties and temperature-dependent properties necessary
to carry out phase equilibrium calculations. For all common components, the databank
also contains a full set of transport properties necessary to carry out pressure drop and
heat transfer calculations. If you need to supplement the data, or override the library data
with your own, you may do so.
To specify... See...
Library All fixed property data may be accessed from p. 4-34 COMPONENT
components the SimSci databank. All you need to do is
supply the name of the component.
Library You may override the SimSci constant p. 4-39 MW
components properties for any or all of the components. p. 4-39 SPGR
p. 4-39 API
p. 4-39 ACENTRIC
p. 4-39 ZC
p. 4-39 TC()
p. 4-39 PC()
p. 4-39 NBP()
p. 4-39 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-39 VC
You may override the SimSci variable p. 4-40 VP()
(temperature-dependent) properties for any or p. 4-40 ENTHALPY()
all of the components. p. 4-40 CP()
p. 4-40 LATENT()
p. 4-40 DENSITY()
p. 4-40 VISCOSITY()
p. 4-40 CONDUCTIVITY()
p. 4-40 SURFACE()
Petroleum Pseudocomponents
To define hydrocarbon pseudocomponents, you must supply at least two of the following
three parameters:
1. Molecular weight
2. Gravity
3. Normal boiling point
PIPEPHASE will predict the third if you omit it. PIPEPHASE uses industry-standard
characterization methods to predict all fixed and temperature-dependent property data
for each pseudocomponent. You may select the method most suitable for your own
mixture.
To define... See...
Pseudo- Define petroleum pseudocomponents by p. 4-35 PETROLEUM
components supplying at least two of the following:
molecular weight, gravity, and normal boiling
point.
Property- You may select the method PIPEPHASE will p. 4-36 ASSAY
calculation use to calculate the properties of your pseudo-
methods components.
Fixed Property You can supply your own fixed property data p. 4-39 MW
Data to override the data that PIPEPHASE uses p. 4-39 SPGR
from its own internal library. p. 4-39 API
p. 4-39 ACENTRIC
p. 4-39 ZC
p. 4-39 TC()
p. 4-39 PC()
p. 4-39 NBP()
p. 4-39 STDDENSITY()
p. 4-39 VC
Assay Curve
If your fluid is defined by an assay curve (TBP, D86, D2887, or D1160), PIPEPHASE
will divide it into a number of cuts. You can control the number of cuts and the ranges
they cover. Each of the cuts is then treated as a pseudocomponent, as described
previously. You may also define a lightends analysis to go with the assay curve.
To supply... See...
Assay Data You supply an assay curve, and Page 4-36 D86, D1160,
PIPEPHASE will divide it into petroleum D2887, TBP,
cuts. You supply it in the form of D86, TBP10
D1160, D2887, TBP, or TBP at 10 mm Hg
curves.
You must also supply gravity as API or Page 4-39 API, SPGR,
specific gravity or UOP K-factor either as a UOP, DATA
curve against percent vaporized or as an
average value.
PIPEPHASE will calculate molecular Page 4-39 MW
weight data, or you may supply it as an
average or a curve against percent
vaporized.
You may define the number of petroleum Page 4-38 CUTPOINTS
fractions to be generated and their
temperature ranges.
You may select the method PIPEPHASE Page 4-36 ASSAY
will use to calculate the properties of the
generated petroleum fractions.
Mixed component You can mix defined components and Page 4-88 LIGHTENDS
types pseudocomponents with assay data by
defining a lightends composition and rate
for each source.
You can specify methods that you want to use for the following thermodynamic
Transport properties
The SimSci databank contains pure component data for the thermal conductivity, surface
tension, and viscosity of liquids and vapors as functions of temperature. You can choose
to use these data and simple mixing rules to predict the flowing properties of the fluid.
Alternatively you can choose to use the API Data Book property prediction methods and
mixing rules for mixed hydrocarbons.
Gas
All properties of a non-compositional gas are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the
specific gravity and the built-in correlations. You may choose which viscosity
correlation to use from the list in Table 4-26, Property Correlations.
To specify... See...
Gas definition A non-compositional gas is defined in terms of its p. 4-57 SET
gravity, and PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
Viscosity method You may define the method that PIPEPHASE uses p. 4-61 SET for Blackoil
to predict non-compositional gas viscosity.
Cp/Cv ratio A gas specific heat ratio may be defined to p. 4-57 SET
definition override the internal value used as default.
Define a One or more of the following gas contaminants p. 4-57 SET
contaminant may also be defined: nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or
hydrogen sulfide.
Gas Z-factor The method that PIPEPHASE uses to predict a p. 4-61 SET for Blackoil
non-compositional compressibility factor may also
be defined.
Gas Condensate
Gas condensate is a multiphase non-compositional fluid with gas predominating. All
properties of gas condensate are calculated by PIPEPHASE from the phase specific
gravities, condensate gas ratio at standard conditions, and built-in correlations.
To specify... See...
Condensate A gas condensate is defined in terms of its p. 4-60 SET for Condensate
definition gravity, condensate gas ratio, and
PIPEPHASE will use the appropriate
correlations to predict its properties.
Specific gravity You must supply specific gravity data for p. 4-60 SET for Condensate
gas, liquid and water phases, even if you
do not expect them all to be present.
Contaminants One or more of the following gas p. 4-60 SET for Condensate
contaminants may also be defined:
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or hydrogen
sulfide.
Compositional Sources
To specify... See...
Defined You must define the total flowrate and p. 4-79 SOURCE
components composition of the source stream. Components
can be either from the PIPEPHASE component
library or defined as pseudocomponents.
Assay data A source fluid may be defined by an assay p. 4-79 SOURCE
curve. You can combine library components p. 4-88 LIGHTENDS
and/or petroleum pseudocomponents with an
assay curve by supplying a lightend analysis.
Viscosity data To override the internally generated fluid p. 4-57 PVT
viscosity data, you may specify a viscosity
curve in the PVT data section.
Similar sources To reduce redundant data entry, you may refer p. 4-79 SOURCE
to a predefined source. Parameters may be
specified to override the parameters that are
different.
Non-Compositional Sources
To specify... See...
Steam sources You must define the pressure and quality of a p. 4-79 SOURCE
saturated steam source. The temperature must
be specified only if the steam is superheated
(Quality=100%) or subcooled (Quality=0%).
Gas, liquid, One or more sets of fluid property data are p. 4-79 SOURCE
blackoil or defined in the PVT data section. You must p. 4-57 PVT
condensate sources assign a unique set number to each data set.
Each source must be referred to the appropriate
data set number.
Well In-flow You may specify the IPR of a well source for a p. 4-79 SOURCE
Performance single link with gas, liquid, blackoil or p. 4-84 WTEST
condensate. You may enter values for the Vogel
and Productivity Index parameters. You may
also supply well test data.Well test data
Similar sources If one source is the same as or similar to p. 4-79 SOURCE
another, you may refer it to the other source.
PIPEPHASE will copy all the data from one
source to the other. You may then override the
parameters that are different.
Networks
A network generally has more than one link and one or more junctions. The variables are
the pressure and flowrate at each source and sink. You specify the values of the variables
that are known, and PIPEPHASE will calculate the unknowns. In order not to under- or
over-specify the system, simple rules must be followed in constructing the problem:
You must specify a number of knowns equal to the total number of sources and
sinks.
Pipe Horizontal, vertical or inclined. May be surrounded by air, water, or soil; insulated
or bare.
Inflow Models the relationship between flowrate and reservoir pressure draw-down or
Performance pressure drop at the sand face in a well.
Relationship
Completion Bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir and a well. There are
two types of completion: gravel-packed and open-perforated.
Fittings
Bend A standard mitred bend or non-standard bend with defined angle and radius.
Check valve Device that allows flow in only one direction.
Choke valve Restricts fluid flow. MCHOKE, a variant of CHOKE, introduces a discontinuity
into a network which is solved using a special sub-networking method.
PIPEPHASE calculates the choke size.
Contraction Reduction in diameter from larger to smaller pipe. Variable angle.
Entrance Entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Exit Exit from a pipe to a larger volume such as a vessel.
Expansion Increase in diameter from smaller to larger pipe. Variable angle.
Nozzle Flow restriction used in metering.
Orifice Orifice meter. Orifice plate can use thick or thin calculation formula.
Tee Tee piece. Flow may be straight on or through the branch.
Valve Any type of valve, e.g., gate, globe, angle, ball, butterfly, plug, cock.
Venturimeter Venturi flow meter.
Process Equipment
Compressor Simple single or multispeed gas compressor.
Multistage Rigorous single or multistage gas compressor with optional inlet pressure
Compressor calculation. Uses a special sub-networking method. PIPEPHASE calculates the
required horse power.
Cooler Removes heat from a stream.
DPDT Any device that changes pressure and/or temperature with flowrate.
Expander Steam expander.
Unit Operations
Hydrates Predicts the temperature/pressure regime under which hydrates are prone to
form.
Calculator A utility that allows you to compute results from flowsheet or network
parameters. These results can then be used as optimizer constraints or objective
parameters.
The following table lists recommended pressure drop methods for single-phase flow in
pipes with non-compositional fluids
Table 3-4: Pressure Drop Methods for Single-Phase Flow (Non-Compositional Fluids)
Liquid Gas
Moody Moody
Hazen-Williams Panhandle Bf
Weymouth
American Gas Association
The following table lists the pressure drop methods recommended for multiphase flow in
horizontal and inclined pipes. A legend and comments are located below the table.
Table 3-5: Applicability of Multiphase Flow Correlations
Horizontal Vertical Vertical
and Upward Downward Upward Downward
o
inclines < incline Incline 90 and > 90o and
Methods5 10o 10o<a<70o 10o<a<70o 70o > 70o
Beggs & Brill 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody1 4 4 4 4 4
Beggs & Brill - No slip 8 8 8 8 4
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Eaton3 8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Dukler3 8 8 8 8 8
Beggs & Brill - Moody-Hagedorn & 8 8 8 8 8
Brown
Mukherjee & Brill2 8 4 4 8 8
Mukherjee & Brill-Eaton3 8 8 8 8 8
Ansari 8 8 8 4 8
2
dP
------- fq
dL f 5
----------- (3-1)
d
where:
= fluid density
q = volumetric flux
d = equivalent diameter (actual diameter in the case of pipes and tubing)
dP (3-2)
-------
dL e sin
where:
= fluid density
= inclination angle
The acceleration pressure gradient is generally small, except when the fluid is
compressible, and the velocity and velocity gradients in the pipe are high. In general, the
acceleration pressure gradient may be expressed as:
dP
------- dv-
dL a v dx
----- (3-3)
where:
= fluid density
v = fluid velocity
To specify... See...
Inside diameter If the majority of your flow devices have the p. 4-25 DEFAULT
and roughness same inside diameter, you can specify a p. 4-96 PIPE
global inside diameter at the start of the p. 4-98 ANNULUS
simulation. Then you can override this value p. 4-100 TUBING
for those devices which do not conform to
the default. Roughness can be specified also
as a global parameter or for each device.
Inclined pipes You can specify an elevation change or p. 4-96 PIPE
depth for each device If the elevation p. 4-98 ANNULUS
change equals the length, the device is p. 4-100 TUBING
vertical. If you do not specify an elevation
change, PIPEPHASE assumes that pipes are
horizontal and that annuli and tubings are
vertical.
Acceleration You may instruct PIPEPHASE to ignore the p. 4-21 CALCULATION
terms acceleration term in pressure drop
calculations, if desired.
To specify
nominal
diameter and
schedule for... See...
All devices as a You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-25 DEFAULT
global value that will be used for all the fittings in this table,
unless overridden by data in the input to the fitting
itself.
Your pipes and You may create a database of nominal diameters p. 4-25 DEFAULT
fittings and pipe schedules and have PIPEPHASE use it
instead of its own internal database
Pipe You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-96 PIPE
Tubing You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-100 TUBING
Bend You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule. p. 4-128 BEND
Entrance You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-133 ENTRANCE
for the downstream pipe.
Exit You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-134 EXIT
for the upstream pipe.
Nozzle You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-136 NOZZLE
for the upstream pipe.
Orifice You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-137 ORIFICE
for the upstream pipe.
Tee You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-137 TEE
for the upstream pipe.
Valve You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-138 VALVE
for the upstream pipe.
Venturi You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-140 VENTURIMETER
for the upstream pipe.
Contraction You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-132 CONTRACTION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
Expansion You may supply a nominal diameter and schedule p. 4-135 EXPANSION
for the inlet and outlet pipes.
To specify... See...
Completion You may define a completion as being gravel p. 4-105 COMPLETION
packed (Jones) or open perforated (McLeod).
Dual You may model dual completions, both p. 4-102 Dual Completions
Completion concentric and parallel.
2
-
P = KG
--------------- (3-4)
2g
Equipment Items
PIPEPHASE simulates the change in fluid conditions across items of process equipment
that typically appears in pipeline systems.
To specify... See...
Compressor A compressor imparts work to a gas. You supply p. 4-106 COMPRESSOR
either a known power or a known outlet pressure, and
PIPEPHASE calculates the unknown parameter. You
may impose a maximum value on the unknown
parameter, and PIPEPHASE will constrain the
calculations according to whichever parameter is
limiting. Alternatively, you can supply a curve of
flowrate against head. You may also supply an
adiabatic efficiency as either a constant or a curve
against head. The exit temperature is then determined
by energy balance. If you specify more than one
stage, PIPEPHASE interprets the curve to be for each
stage; any maximum power you specify is over all of
the stages rather than for each individual stage. You
can also reference the compressor curve to a
previously defined performance curve.
Multispeed You can specify different compressor curves for up to p. 4-106 COMPRESSOR
Compressor five compressor speeds.
Multistage In a multistage compressor you may specify different p. 4-107 MCOMPRESS
Compressor parameters curves, efficiencies, etc. for different
stages. You may have multiple compressor trains,
each train with multiple stages. You may have
interstage scrubbers with downstream re-injection and
interstage coolers and piping losses. You may specify
the compressors inlet pressure. When you do this,
PIPEPHASE invokes a special algorithm which
breaks the flowsheet at the compressor inlet, and
solves the resulting subnetworks so that the pressures
match at the interface. PIPEPHASE calculates the
compressor power that is required for the pressures to
match.
Q = UAT (3-5)
where:
Q = rate of heat transfer per unit length
U = overall heat transfer coefficient
Note: If you want to simulate the effect of gaslift with a compositional fluid, use the INJECTION device.
Time Changes
The changes supported are similar to the Case Study.
To specify... See...
Selecting times Supply a series of times. PIPEPHASE will carry out p. 4-113 IPR
simulations at each of those times.
Downstream At each time you may specify one or more changes to the p. 4-113 IPR
network changes network or conditions downstream of the well.
Facilities Planning
In a gathering system, changes to the operation of surface facilities directly affect the
overall production. For example, adding compression facilities to an existing gas
gathering network reduces the pressure at the upstream wells, which in turn increases the
drawdown and results in improved production from the reservoir; an increase in the
separator pressure will have the opposite effect. Time-stepping enables you to simulate
changes to the facilities installation over time.
To specify... See...
Reservoir Groups You must name the reservoir GROUP and supply depletion p. 4-113 IPR
data in one IPR device. Other IPR devices may access the
same reservoir depletion data by using the same GROUP
name.
Depletion Supply a curve of reservoir pressures against cumulative p. 4-113 IPR
characteristics production.
Gas and gas For a gas or gas condensate field you may supply the slope p. 4-113 IPR
condensate fields of the depletion curve as pressure decline rate per unit of
production.
Production decline The production decline characteristics for individual p. 4-113 IPR
rates for each IPR completion zones must be defined. Tabular data represent
the decline in the flowing well pressure as a function of the
production rate. The time-dependent parameter may be
expressed in terms of reservoir pressure or cumulative
production.
Fluid You may enter curves for water cut, gas-oil ratio (or p. 4-113 IPR
compositional condensate-gas ratio for condensate wells), and water cut (or
changes water-gas ratio for condensate wells) as functions of
reservoir pressure or cumulative reservoir produced volume.
To specify... See...
A source for each reservoir to give the properties, flowrates, and conditions p. 4-79 SOURCE
of the fluids.
An IPR for each reservoir to define the interfaces. p. 4-113 IPR
A tubing between consecutive reservoirs. p. 4-100 TUBING
A tubing from the last reservoir to the surface. p. 4-100 TUBING
A node to continue into the rest of the network. p. 4-92 JUNCTION
p. 4-91 SINK
Multiple Completions
In PIPEPHASE you may model a multiple completion rigorously:
To specify... See...
A source for each completion to give the properties, flowrates, and p. 4-79 SOURCE
conditions of the fluids.
An IPR for each completion to define the interfaces. p. 4-113 IPR
Tubing and junctions to form the network between completions. p. 4-100 TUBING
A tubing from the last completion to the surface. p. 4-100 TUBING
A node to continue into the rest of the network. p. 4-92 JUNCTION
p. 4-91 SINK
Case Studies
The CASE STUDY option provides the facility to perform parametric studies and to
print multiple problem solutions in a single computer run. Case studies are always
performed after the base case problem has been solved. If the base case problem cannot
be solved for any reason, then no case studies are performed. Each case study analysis is
performed based on the cumulative changes to the flowsheet up to that time.
Case studies are an efficient means of obtaining solutions for multiple scenarios to a
given problem and result in large savings in both computer time and cost. For problems
requiring iterative solutions, the converged results of the last solution are used as the
starting values for the next run. This can result in large computer time savings in runs
involving large networks, where it typically takes several iterations to move from the
initial pressure estimates to the final converged solution.
There is no limit on the number of CHANGE statements per case study or on the total
number of case studies that may be in a given run. The cumulative changes up to a given
case study run may be erased and the original base case restored at any time.
Since the case studies are performed sequentially in the order you input, it is best to
make changes in an orderly manner, proceeding from high values to low values or low
values to high values, but not in a random order. This enhances convergence and
minimizes total computer time.
Global Changes
You may change one parameter in the entire problem.You may specify an old value so
that only those specified parameters with that old value will be changed. Otherwise, all
values will be changed. You may also change parameters for all devices in a link. In this
case, the old value cannot be used to limit the changes.
Sensitivity Results
PIPEPHASE calculates the flowrates and Solution Node pressures corresponding to
each operating point and prints them out in the form of tables and plots. The flowrates
you input must span all the flowrates at which you expect the operating points to occur.
The following table lists the variables that are available for nodal analysis
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Categories of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Order of Categories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Keywords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Keyword Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Qualifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Commenting Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basis of Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Multiple Units of Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Continuing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Layout of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Input Statement Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
GENERAL Data Category of Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Global Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
CALCULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
FCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SEGMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
PRINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
OUTDIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
COMPONENT Data Category of Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
COMPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Note: For Network Data GUI, the RESET function is not supported.
Which categories are mandatory and which are optional depend on what fluid type you
have:
Table 4-1: Categories of Input
Fluid Type Mandatory Categories Optional Categories
Non-Compositional GENERAL, PVT, STRUCTURE NETWORK
Compositional GENERAL, COMPONENT, PVT, NETWORK, UNIT
THERMODYNAMIC, STRUCTURE OPERATIONS
There are several other categories which can be selectively overridden on the flow
device and fitting statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
Gaslift Define data and options for blackoil well gaslift analysis.
Line Sizing Determine pipe sizes in single-link calculations.
Sensitivity (Nodal) Study overall performance in single-link calculations as a function of one or two
Analysis system parameters.
Case Study Change parameters and re-run.
Time-Stepping Data Allows the simulation of the effect of reservoir pressure decline with cumulative
production on the network performance, and device parameter changes with
time.
Order of Categories
The only restriction on order of data input is that the General Data Category must be
first. However, it is always good practice to maintain a consistent order. The order of the
categories above, which is followed in this chapter, is recommended.
In the instructions presented in this chapter, the presence of an equals sign (=) after a
keyword means that PIPEPHASE expects a value or another keyword. In some cases,
however, more than one data item is required. When this situation arises, the instructions
will include the format for the data input. For example:
VISC= Indicates that a single value of viscosity is required.
VISC=temp1,value1 / Indicates that the program requires two data values with their associated
temp2,value2 temperatures
Qualifiers
Many keywords can be qualified by entering a keyword in brackets (parentheses) after
them. The most common use of a qualifier is for defining a unit of measurement to
override the set of units declared globally in the General Data Category of input. Other
qualifiers include the definition of estimates, maxima and minima, fluid type and basis
of a composition or flowrate. Some qualifiers are optional and some are mandatory. You
may use more than one qualifier for a keyword and the order in which they appear is not
important.
Commenting Input
For clarity, you may add comments to your input. If a dollar sign ($) is placed in a
statement, any text on that statement that appears after the $ is ignored. For example:
PRES(BAR)=3.54 $Field data, taken 2315 10/16/94
Default Data
Many of the data items required by PIPEPHASE have default values assigned to them. If
you do not explicitly specify a value for an item of data, or select a calculation method,
the program will automatically assign a value or method. For example, pipe thermal
conductivity assumes a default value of 29 BTU/hr-ft-oF if you do not specify a value.
Similarly, the Moody method for single-phase pressure drop calculations is chosen, by
default, as it is generally suitable for many engineering purposes.
Beware, these default selections are not neccessarily the most appropriate, or best for
your particular application. They do not substitute for engineering judgement. If an
doubt, especially for the choice of a calculation method, consult chapter 4 of the manual
for advice.
The input instructions indicate the defaults that the program will use in the absence of
user input. All the numerical defaults in the input instructions are expressed in terms of
the units of measurement of the English set.
When you specify a value or override a default in the General Data Category of input
your value becomes the default for the entire simulation. You can then override your
own default value later in the input. For example, to specify that all but one of your pipes
are surrounded by air, you would have in the General Data Category of input:
DEFAULT AIR, VELOCITY=20
You would specify most of your pipes in this way:
PIPE ID=4, LENGTH=150
For the one pipe that is buried, the PIPE statement would look like this:
PIPE SOIL, ID=5, LENGTH=100, BDTOP(FT)=1
Basis of Measurements
With some quantities, for example flow and composition, you can also choose a basis of
measurement. The basis may be molar weight, liquid volume, or gas volume and you
may use a qualifier to define it. If you also specify a dimensional unit for the quantity,
the unit must be appropriate to the basis. You cannot, for example, specify pounds per
hour for a liquid volume flowrate. A valid example would be:
RATE(GV,CFM)=1.E-3
where the value specified, RATE keyword and the qualifiers GV and CFM combine to
mean the gas volume rate has a value of 0.001 millions of standard cubic feet per minute.
The input instructions explain which bases are allowed. If a basis is specified but no unit
of measurement is entered, PIPEPHASE will assume the unit to be the default
appropriate to the basis which you defined.
Continuing Statements
Input statements too long to fit on one line may be continued onto a second line or
further by using an ampersand (&) or an asterisk (*) as a continuation character.
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, TEMP=C
is the same as
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
Layout of Input
You may indent any line of input to make the data more readable and you may have any
number of spaces between data entries. For example:
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH=FT, &
TEMP=C
is equivalent to
DIMENSION SI, LENGTH = FT, &\
TEMP= C
However, you may not embed blanks in your keywords or data entries.
TITLE
Mandatory statement. Introduces the general category.
Optional entries:
PROJECT= Use any or all of these entries for administrative information. PROJECT,
PROBLEM= PROBLEM, USER and DATE entries appear on every page of output. The
USER= SITE keyword is used for accounting in multi-site installations. Each entry
DATE= can have up to 12 alphanumeric characters. The DATE entry can include the
SITE= / character.
Example:
TITLE PROJ=TEST1, PROB=FEED, USER=TECH DEPT, DATE=7/5/94
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You can have up
to four DESCRIPTION statements. The information on these statements is printed once
at the start of the output page.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
Example:
DESC THIS SIMULATION IS A GASLIFT OPTIMIZATION STUDY ON
DESC WELL #321s
Example:
DIME SI, LENGTH=KM,IN, VISC=CP, DENS=SPGR, RATE(GV)=CF
NETWORK or Select only one of these to invoke the calculation method. Select PVTGEN if
PVTGEN you want to generate PVT fluid property tables for use in a subsequent run
GASLIFT (See also the PVT Category of Input). You can use PVTGEN with
BLACKOIL and COMPOSITIONAL fluids only. Select NETWORK to
solve basic network simulations. Select SINGLE to focus in on a single link
or for nodal analysis. Select GASLIFT to use the gaslift analysis package.
Note: The GUI will automatically select the SINGLE algorithm when required for line sizing and nodal
analysis calculations.
PVTRUN or Generate PVT tables and run a simulation using these tables. The simulation
PVTTAB uses compositional PVT tables as specified in the PVTFILE SETNO. Phase
envelope and hydrate predictions will not be performed using this option.
BLACKOIL or Select only one of these to describe the fluid type. BLACKOIL,
CONDENSATE or CONDENSATE, LIQUID, GAS and STEAM are non-compositional fluids.
LIQUID or You can define their properties in the PVT Data Category of input. Use
GAS or COMPOSITIONAL if you want to define the fluid as a mixture of
STEAM or components or petroleum fractions (entered either directly or indirectly via a
COMPOSITIONAL() distillation curve). Use the qualifier GAS or LIQ or BLACK to specify that a
compositional fluid is only gas or only liquid or only mixed compositional
blackoil models, therefore bypassing any two-phase flash calculations.
Optional entries:
SPHERING Use this keyword to invoke sphering or pigging calculations. Note that a
sphering report will be generated only if you specify DEVICE=PART, or
greater, in the print options.
ISOTHERMAL Suppress heat balances on all flow devices. You can override this on
individual flow devices. Not available with COMPOSITIONAL() fluids or
STEAM.
NOACCEL Ignore the acceleration term in pressure drop calculations.
NORUN Suppress calculations perform input checks only.
PRANDTL Invokes a rigorous Prandtl number calculation for inside and outside film
heat transfer coefficients. If you omit this keyword, a Prandtl number of 1.0
will be used.
MASS Converts standard mass based volume formulation to mass based
formulation. This option is needed when modeling separators and flow
splitting at junctions.
Example:
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(GAS) $to specify a network comp. gas run
CALC NETWORK, COMPOSITIONAL(BLACK) $to specify a network comp. blackoil run
PIPE= Define the correlation to be used for pressure drop calculations in pipes,
ANNULUS= annuli, and tubings. See Table 4-6a and Table 4-7 for available methods.
TUBING= Default is BBM for compositional, blackoil, condensate and steam fluids and
MOODY for non-compositional liquids and gases.
PALMER=0.924,0.685 Specify global Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Different global
Palmer data may be input for pipes, annuli, and tubings. These global data
may be over-ridden on individual flow devices.
The PALMER keyword must follow immediately after the PIPE,
ANNULUS, or TUBING to which the Palmer data is to be applied. The first
number is applied to uphill flow holdup correction and the second is applied
to downhill flow.
Two values must be supplied: uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply
only to BB or BBM correlations. If you want to use the defaults, enter only
the PALMER keyword without any values. If different values are required,
supply those values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using a
correlation other than BB or BBM, you must supply values with the
PALMER keyword. If you need to correct only for downhill holdup, supply a
value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
LAMINAR=3000 Define the value of the Reynolds number to be used as the boundary between
laminar and turbulent flow.
Example:
FCODE PIPE=BBM, PALMER=0.9,0.7, TUBING=HB, PALMER=1.0, 0.
Table 4-6b: Methods in Table 4-6a for Vertical or Near Vertical Upward Flow
Method Keyword Application
Ansari ANSA Pipe Tubing Annulus
Orkiszewski ORK Tubing Annulus
Duns & Ross DR Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown HB Tubing Annulus
Hagedorn & Brown - Beggs & Brill HBBB Tubing Annulus
Aziz AZIZ Tubing Annulus
Gray (not applicable for GRAY Tubing Annulus
compositional)
Gray - Moody (not applicable for GRYM Tubing Annulus
compositional)
Angel - Welchon - Ross ANGEL Tubing Annulus
1, 2, 3 See footnotes to Table 4-6c.
WATER or Use one of these to specify the medium surrounding the pipes. If no
AIR or surrounding is chosen, the default heat transfer coefficient for the pipe is
SOIL used. If more than one surrounding is entered, then without any overriding
information supplied on the PIPE statement in the Structure Data Category
of input, the hierarchy of usage is given by: SOIL has default preference over
WATER which has default preference over AIR
Therefore, if all three surroundings are defined on this statement, they will be
prioritized per the above logic.
More than one surrounding may be specified on this statement. In this case
the input order of the attributes of the surroundings (such as velocity) must
logically follow the surrounding medium these attributes refer to (see the
second example at the end of this section).
If any of the following keywords are entered and no surrounding is input, the
surrounding defaults to SOIL:
VISCOSITY VELOCITY DENSITY
BDTOP THKPIPE THKINS
CONPIPE CONINS CONSOIL
CONDUCTIVITY
HAUSEN Specifying this keyword activates a special inside film coefficient
calculation (Hausen) when laminar heat transfer flow conditions exist (valid
for Re < 2000). If this keyword is not specified, the normal turbulent flow
calculation is used for all conditions of flow.
VELOCITY()= Velocity of the surrounding air or water. Default values are 10 miles/hr for
air and 1 mile/hr for water.
TAMBIENT()=80 Ambient temperature of the surrounding medium.
TGRADIENT()=1.0 Geothermal temperature gradient.
DENSITY()= Density of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are specific gravity of
1.0 for air and 10.0 API for water.
VISCOSITY()= Viscosity of the surrounding air or water. Defaults are 0.02 cP for air and
1.0 cP for water.
CONDUCTIVITY()= Thermal conductivity of the surrounding air, soil, or water. Defaults are
0.015 BTU/hr-ft-F for air, 0.8 BTU/hr-ft-F for soil and 0.3 BTU/hr-ft-F for
water.
UPIPE()=1.0 If no medium is invoked directly or indirectly, this overall heat transfer
coefficient will be used.
UANNULUS()=1.0 Overall heat transfer coefficient from inside an annulus or tubing to the
UTUBING()=1.0 surroundings.
HINSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the inside film heat
transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HOUTSIDE()=0.0 Additional heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside film
heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer resistance which will be added to the outside
film heat transfer resistance calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units. A positive value must be supplied when SOIL has been
selected as the surrounding.
THKPIPE()=0.3125 Pipe thickness in short length units.
THKINS()=0 Insulation thickness in short length units. Maximum of 5 values.
CONPIPE()=29 Thermal conductivity of the pipe material, insulation (maximum of five
CONINS()=0.015 values, for five insulation layers) and soil.
CONSOIL()=0.8
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of pipes and fittings in short length units. Nominal inside
NOMD= diameter of pipes and fittings, in inches only.
NOMT= Nominal inside diameter of tubing devices, in inches only.
PIPSCHEDULE= Name of external text file in the user directory containing pipe and tubing
DIAMDATA.DAT schedule data which are to be invoked for all nominal size specifications. If a
file name is supplied, the input file extension must be .DAT. The
PIPSCHEDULE keyword may or may not be included in this statement. If
this keyword is omitted, then an internal table is used with default values.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table or file, the
next smaller schedule is searched.
SCHEDULE=40 Default pipe schedule to be used for fittings, pipe and line sizing options.
SCHT=TB01 Default schedule for tubing devices.
DESC= Twenty-character description of type of pipe used.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If a schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used
and, if a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
SEGMENT
Optional statement. Controls the segmenting of pipes, annuli, and tubing for pressure
drop and heat transfer calculations. If you omit this statement, PIPEPHASE will use a
default of one segment per pipe, annulus, and tubing.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
Note: Under the FAST and AUTO options, the user has complete control of the segmentation options
PSEG, TSEG, PTOL, HTOL, ITER and MAXS
Example:
SEGM DLHOR=50, MAXSEGS=10
Note: When using horizontal tubing devices, the user should use a set number of segments rather than a
vertical segmentation specification. With no vertical depth specified, the device will default to a few
segments regardless of the length. The user should specify a number of segments allow for better property
predictions along the horizontal well.
Example:
LIMITS PRES(MIN)=5
PRINT
Optional statement. Controls the level of output produced by PIPEPHASE.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
INPUT=FULL Select an option for each of these from Table 4-8, Options for Output.
SUMMARY=BOTH CONNECT applies only to networks. FLASH applies only to compositional
DEVICE=SUMMARY fluid types. The PLOT and MAP options can only be invoked with
PROPERTY=NONE or DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL.
SUMMARY or PART or
FULL
CONNECT=FULL
FLASH=FULL
PLOT=FULL
MAP=TAITEL or NONE Use MAP=TAITEL to print the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea flow regime map for
each link. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL must also be specified
MERGESUB Independent subnetworks are formed, when specifying the upstream pressure
or flow rate to a choke/regulator or inlet pressure to a Multi-Stage
Compressor. Pseudo nodes and links are created for the boundaries of these
individual networks. Invoke this option to merge these nodes and links back
to its original network before generating the output report.
NODACT Use this to report node summary at actual conditions. If ignored, node
summary is reported at standard conditions.
PSBLINE By default all the reports of Links selected in Link Groups are duplicated in
both Link Reports and Link Group Reports. Use this option to not generate
the reports of Links selected in Link Groups in Link Reports.
SLUG=BRILL Invokes a statistical slug model. The options are BRILL, NORRIS or
SCOTT. Only with DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL for single links
only.
ITER Request detailed printout during the convergence of an iterative network
calculation.
SIMULATOR=PART Choose to print the network simulation results for every cycle,
SIMULATOR=FULL, or at the final cycle, SIMULATOR=PART.
OPTIMIZER=PART Choose to print the optimization results after every iteration,
OPTIMIZER=FULL, or at the end of the simulation, OPTIMIZER=PART.
VFPT = DEFAULT EXCEL, ECLIPSE,GCOM(hidden), USER. EXCEL is default; generates
VFP tables.
DATABASE=FULL Controls the writing of data to a database after solution for use with the
Results Access System through the GUI. Options are FULL, LAST, and
NONE. FULL writes all data from all cases to the database; LAST writes
only data from the last case; NONE writes no data.
Example:
PRINT INPUT=NONE, PROPERTY=FULL, DATABASE=FULL
ADD or Use one of these options to specify whether the second output should be
REPLACE added to the first output or should replace it.
PETROLEUM or Select only one of these sets of units.
ENGLISH or
METRIC or
SI
VELOCITY= Define the units in which any or all of these quantities are to be printed out.
TEMPERATURE=
PRESSURE=
LENGTH=
VISCOSITY=
DUTY=
POWER=
DENSITY= or GRAVITY=
RATE(M)= Define the units in which any or all of molar, weight, liquid volumetric and
RATE(W)= gas volumetric flowrates are to be printed out.
RATE(LV)=
RATE(GV)=
Example:
OUTDIME METRIC, VISC=PAS, DENS=API, RATE(M)=LBHR
COMPONENT
Mandatory statement for compositional fluids. Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
number, name{, , alias} / ... For each component, its number in the component list for this simulation
followed by its library name (not the full name). Separate one components
entry from the next using the / character.
Select components from the list in Chapter 1 of the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.) For convenience, some components
have more than one allowable name.
Optionally, you may also enter an alias (up to 16 characters) for a
component, which will be used in the output reports. If you enter an alias,
you must have two commas before it.
You may enter the components in any order but there must be no gaps in the
component number sequence and each component number must be used
only once. This rule applies to all defined components, including Petroleum
pseudocomponents entered using the PETROLEUM statement below, but
does not apply to petroleum fractions generated by the program from ASTM
curves.
BANK Selects order of component databanks which are searched for pure
components. The entries allowed are SimSci or PROCESS.
Optional entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.)
FILL Specifies that SimSci property prediction methods be used for components
missing library or user-supplied data.
Example:
LIBID 1, C1/2, C2/3, C3, BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
LIBID 1, C1, METHANE/3, C3/2, ETHN, PURE ETHANE, *
BANK=SIMSCI, PROCESS
PETROLEUM
Optional statement. Defines petroleum fraction pseudocomponents. Component
properties are calculated using the characterization method selected on the ASSAY
statement below.
Mandatory entries:
number, name, MW, std You may supply a name of up to 16 characters for each component. The
liquid density, NBP/... name is used in the output reports. You must supply at least two of the three
quantities: molecular weight, gravity and normal boiling point. The
remaining value is calculated. You may use qualifiers to define units of
measurement for gravity and/or normal boiling point.
The number must follow the rules described above under LIBID.
If a name is not given, PIPEPHASE will assign a name based on the normal
boiling point.
If you omit any data item, you must retain the embedded comma.
Example:
PETRO 5, CUT11, 91,64,180/6, CUT12,100,,210/ &
7, CUT13,120,55,280/8, CUT14,150,,370/ &
9, CUT15,200,40,495/10, CUT16,245,,590/ &
11, CUT17,300,30,687/12, CUT18,360,,770
ASSAY
Optional statement. Used to specify the method by which PIPEPHASE calculates the
properties of defined pseudocomponents or those generated from assay data.
Mandatory entries:
CHARACTERIZE = CAVETT Define the method to be used for calculating critical properties and
enthalpies of pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-11,
Characterization Methods.
MW = CAV80 Define the method to be used for calculating molecular weights of
pseudocomponents. Options are described in Table 4-10.
CONVERSION = API94 Selects the method for inter-conversion between ASTM-D86 and TBP
distillation curves. Options are described in Table 4-14, Inter-
Conversion Methods.
CURVEFIT = VER6 Defines the method for determining end points of petro cuts. Options
are described in Table 4-15, CURVEFIT Methods.
GRAVITY = WATSONK Define the method to be used for calculating gravities for pseudo-
components when only the average gravity of a curve is given. Options
are described in Table 4-13.
Other entries: (For details, refer to Chapter 1, SimSci Component Data Input
Reference, in the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input
Manual.)
FIT = SPLINE Selects the curve fitting procedure for user supplied assay data.
TBPIP = 1, Define the volume percents for determining the initial point (IP) and
TBPEP = 98 end point (EP) temperatures when specifying streams and reporting
assay curves at output time.
NBP = Designates the method used for calculating the normal boiling point of
narrow cuts.
Example:
ASSAY CHARACTERIZE = SIMSCI, MW = CAV80, GRAV = WATSONK, *
CONVERSION = API87, CURVEFIT = VER6, FIT = SPLINE
Method Description
PDF-IP This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when initial point is supplied,
the PDF curve is forced through the supplied initial point.
PDF-EP This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when end point is supplied, the
PDF curve is forced through the supplied end point.
PDF-BOTH This method is same as PDF-NONE except that when initial and end points are
supplied, the PDF curve is forced through the supplied initial and end points.
CUTPOINTS
Optional statement. Used to define the TBP cut points for components defined by assay
curve.
Mandatory entries:
TBPCUTS()= t0 is the start temperature for the whole assay, t1 is the end temperature for
t0, t1, n1{/t2, n2/..} the first group and n1 is the number of cuts in the first group. Then, for each
subsequent group of cuts, enter the end temperature for the group and the
number of cuts in that group.
Example:
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,800,20/ 1000, 10/ 1200,8
CUTPOINTS TBPCUTS(F)=100,1200,38
MW
SPGR
API
ACENTRIC
ZC
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components.
Mandatory entries:
number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
number2, value2/ ...
numberN, valueN
Example:
MW 1, 59.3/4, 76.5
TC()
PC()
NBP()
STDDENSITY()
Optional statements. Define constant properties of pure components. A qualifier may be
used to specify units of measurement.
Mandatory entries:
number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
number2, value2/ ...
numberN, valueN
Example:
STDD(LBFT3) 4,45/7,50
VC
Optional statement. Defines critical volume of pure components. Qualifiers may be used
to specify units of measurement and basis.
Mandatory entries: :
number1, value1/ The number corresponds to the components number on the LIBID statement.
number2, value2/ ...
numberN, valueN
VP()
ENTHALPY()
CP()
LATENT()
DENSITY()
VISCOSITY()
CONDUCTIVITY()
SURFACE()
Optional statements. Define pure component properties that vary with temperature.
Where appropriate, qualifiers may be used to specify phase, temperature unit, property
units and basis. Properties are listed in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16: Pure Component Variable Properties in PIPEPHASE
Property Keyword Phase* Property Units Basis
Density DENSITY() L density M or WT
Enthalpy ENTHALPY() I or L energy M or WT
Solid specific heat CP() heat capacity M or WT
Latent heat of LATENT() energy M or WT
vaporization
Vapor pressure VP() L pressure
Viscosity VISCOSITY() V or L viscosity
Thermal conductivity COND() V or L conductivity
Liquid surface tension SURFACE() surface tension
*Phases are: I ideal gas
V vapor
L liquid
CORRELATION The correlation form for equation based data. See Chapter 1, SimSci
Component Data Input Reference, in the SimSci Component and
Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, for equation forms.
Optional entries:
LN or LOG Select the logarithmic base e (LN) or 10 (LOG). Only used in equations with
logarithmic terms.
Example:
DENSITY(L,C,LBFT3) TABULAR = 60, 80, 100/1,55.5,43.7/2, &
45.8,,40.2
ENTHALPY(I,C,KCAL/KG,M) TABULAR=100,140,180/1,700000, &
825000,910000/ &
2,410000, ,470000
VP(C,MMHG) CORR=21, LN, DATA= 1,,, 14.321, -1068, 60.3/ &
2,,, 16.15, -1372, 1.7
NETWORK
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
SOLUTION
Optional statement. Selects the solution method and sets switches for the convergence of
a network. If you omit this statement, the PBALANCE method will be used with the
defaults shown below. See Pressure Balance Method, p. 6-34, for details of the
application of these parameters
Mandatory entries: None
PBAL or MBAL Use one of these to specify the network solution algorithm. PBAL invokes
the Pressure Balance algorithm, MBAL the single-phase algorithm. MBAL
can only be used with single-phase gas or liquid systems.
MAXITER = 20 Maximum number of iterations for the PBALANCE method.
FLOWALLOC = 1 Controls the initial estimate for flowrates in PBALANCE networks only.
Use FLOWALLOC=1 to estimate initial flowrates based on diameters of the
first pipe in the links.
Use FLOWALLOC=2 to estimate initial flowrates based on the frictional
resistance of each link.
Use FLOWALLOC=3 to estimate initial flowrates based on nodal mass
(MBAL) conservation.
Use FLOWALLOC=4 to use flowrates and pressure from a previous solution
of the network, to be read from a restart file.
PRELIMINARY = 1 The number of continuation steps to be used to compute the preliminary
solution for the MBAL method and for FLOW=3 in the PBAL method.
FINAL = 1 The number of final continuation steps required to move the pressure field
predicted by the preliminary solution to the final rigorous solution. This is
applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
SUBITERATION = 200 Maximum number of iterations to be performed in each continuation step.
This is applicable to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
RELAXATION = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the pressure field.
Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the MBAL method
and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
DAMP = 0.25 Extent of partial correction from iteration to iteration for the preliminary
continuation stage. Values can be between 0 and 1.0. This is applicable to the
MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
EXPLICIT Applicable only to a single-phase gas or liquid system. When present, initial
estimates are obtained from the Blasius friction factor approximation.
Otherwise, the implicit Colebrook/BBM approach is used. This is applicable
to the MBAL method and FLOW=3 in the PBAL method
NOFR Include this keyword to specify that no flow reversals are to be permitted
within links during the solution of a network. Applicable to PBAL method.
QDAMP = Limits the magnitude of the flowrate adjustment for any link at each iteration
within a PBALANCE network. If a link flowrate change exceeds QDAMP,
the magnitude of the change vector is normalized such that the magnitude of
the vector is reduced but the direction of the adjustment vector is not
changed. The units of QDAMP are fixed as:
FLUID TYPE UNITS
Compositional & steam (MLBHR)
Gas & condensate (MCFD)
Liquid & blackoil (BPD)
This feature is useful when large flowrate fluctuations and convergence
instabilities are observed in the iteration history of a network run, commonly
seen in a large, highly looped network. Damping the flowrate changes to a
small value may lead to a more stable iteration scheme but may result in
slower convergence. You may need to increase the number of iterations to
achieve convergence to within the required tolerance.
PDAMP = Similar to QDAMP, but applied to node pressure changes. Pressures are in
units of psi. Applicable to PBAL method.
STEP = 1 Use this keyword to enable the Newton-Raphson algorithm to converge
without internal limits.
SLIP = 5 Applicable only to FLOWALLOCATION = 3. Use this keyword to specify
the slope angle above which the BBM model used to initialize the flow field
reduces to the no-slip formulation. Units are degrees.
HALVINGS = 3 Number of interval halvings allowed in each successive iteration. Applicable
to PBAL method.
NOLOOP=0 Use this keyword to generate a report of the occurrence of closed loops
during intermediate PBAL iterations. Use NOLOOP=1 to obtain a warning if
closed loop flow occurs during PBAL iterations. If you use NOLOOP=2,
PIPEPHASE will print the warning and, in addition, try to prevent the closed
loop flow from forming.
CHECK When present, regulators (unidirectional check valves) are allowed to pass a
small backward flow.
SCALE=1.0 Allows the user to control the extent of the Newton-Raphson correction to
the network pressure and link flow distribution. This number is a fraction
between 0 and 1. When the value is 1.0, a complete Newton-Raphson
correction is made to the estimated flow and pressure distribution. When this
value is less than 1.0, a fractional Newton-Raphson correction is made
during the PBAL iteration process. The value of the fractional correction is
the value of the parameter assigned to SCALE. Occasionally, fractional
values of SCALE can stabilize the Newton-Raphson iteration process.
However, extremely small fractional values can also slow down the
calculation procedure.
LINKS With this option, PIPEPHASE generates flow tables at the start of the
calculations that relate flowrate to exit pressure and exit temperature in all
links that originate with a source that has a fixed inflow pressure boundary
conditions. When available, the tables are then used in the place of the
normal pressure traverse procedure to compute exit pressures and
temperatures for links. This option can potentially speed up the PBAL
iteration procedure in PIPEPHASE.
XIAO With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will use the XIAO
mechanistic model instead of the default BBM model to estimate the
flowrate in pipes.
ANSARI With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will use the Ansari
mechanistic model in tubes and annuli instead of the default BBM model to
estimate flowrates.
SYMMETRIC With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will approximate the
Jacobian Matrix used in the Newton-Raphson iteration procedure as a
symmetric matrix. This option has the potential of increasing the
computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation method.
QUICK With this option, the FLOW=3 allocation method will (1) approximate the
Jacobian Matrix as a symmetric matrix, and (2) will use an approximate
method to compute flowrate derivatives. This option has the potential of
further increasing the computational speed of the FLOW=3 allocation
method.
KEEPSHUT Allows wells that have been closed to remain closed, unless the user
explicitly opens the wells again. This option should not be used with
optimization, because if the wells are closed in during the previous cycle, if
may eliminate the best cycle.
Example:
SOLUTION PBAL, MAXITER=30, FLOWALLOC=2, PRELIM=2, FINAL=2, & SUBITER=100,
RELAX=0.5, DAMP=0.5, EXPLICIT, NOFR, QDAMP=10, & PDAMP=0.5, HALVINGS=4, NOLOOP,
CHECK, CHOKE=2
TOLERANCE
Optional statement. Defines the criteria for convergence of networks that require
iterative calculations.
PTOL(psia) = Pressure tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
.0001 FLOWALLOC = 3.
QTOL() = 1 Flow tolerance for MBAL network solution and for network initialization under
FLOWALLOC = 3. Units depend on the fluid type:
Liquid and blackoil bbl/day
Gas and gas condensate MCFD
Compositional and steam MLBHR
TTOL() = .001 Temperature tolerance for MBAL network solution method only.
QLOW()= Default minimum flowrate for all pressure-specified sources in the network.
PIPEPHASE will zero out flows for those sources that fall below the specified
minimum value.
PERT= .01 Specify the rate perturbation for the network solution.
NEWACC Used to handle high velocity fluids for near critical flow applications. This option
determines fluid properties in a pipe segment from the average of the inlet and outlet
properties. The inlet and outlet velocities directly calculate the pressure drop due to
acceleration.
Example:
TOLERANCE PTOL = .0003, QTOL = 2, TTOL = .0005
STOP When convergence is reached using the interpolated properties, use of this
keyword stops the calculations . Without this keyword, calculations continue
until convergence is reached using rigorous property values.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 Specifies the temperature at which properties are looked up in the matrix.
ISOTHERMAL = 1 looks up properties at the local ambient temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 2 looks up properties at the local upstream node
temperature.
ISOTHERMAL = 3 looks up properties at TMIN.
Example:
ACCELERATION INTERPOLATION, NPRESS = 10, NTEMP = 10, &
PMIN = 1, PMAX = 100, TMIN = 10, TMAX = 500, STOP, &
ISOTHERMAL = 2
RESERVOIR
SIMULATOR = simname The name of the reservoir simulator. GEM is a commercially available
product from the Computer Modeling Group Ltd.
FNAME = filename The name of the reservoir simulation file
CONVERGENCE = The name of the convergence method. Optional for the GEM reservoir
method simulations as the IPRTABLE option is used.
TMIN = value Maximum elapsed time between integrated network and reservoir
simulation.
MAXITER = value Maximum number of iterations for user added methods (projects only).
DPCONV = value Pressure tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DTCONV = value Temperature tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DQCONV = value Rate tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
DZCONV = value Composition tolerance for user added methods (projects only).
METHOD
Optional statement. Defines the methods to be used for calculating thermodynamic
properties and transport properties of the flowing fluid. Choose systems with predefined
methods for all properties or choose individual methods for each property.
If you want to use different methods to calculate properties of different sources, use
multiple METHOD statements. Identify each METHOD statement using a SET keyword
and refer to that identifier with the SET keyword on the SOURCE statement in the
Structure Category.
Mandatory entries: You must specify either SYSTEM or KVALUE, ENTHALPY and DENSITY. All
other entries are optional.
Optional entries:
SYSTEM() = Select a thermodynamic system from Table 4-19. The SYSTEM will allocate
methods for calculating K-values, enthalpies and densities. If you select a
SYSTEM, you can still override one or more of the individual methods by
using the other keywords on this statement.
Use a qualifier to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed. Allowable qualifiers are:
SYSTEM VLE vapor-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
KVALUE() = Select methods from Table 4-20 for calculating K-values, enthalpies, and
ENTHALPY() = densities. If you have selected a SYSTEM, you do not need these keywords;
DENSITY() = use them if you want to override the individual methods automatically
selected as part of the predefined SYSTEM.
Use qualifiers to denote which type of equilibrium calculations are to be
performed and the phases to which the methods apply. Allowable qualifiers
are:
KVALUE VLE (or none) vapor-liquid
LLE liquid-liquid
VLLE vapor-liquid-liquid
ENTHLPY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
DENSITY VL (or none) both vapor and liquid
V vapor only
L liquid only
For other systems, refer to Chapter 2, SimSci Thermodynamic Data Input Reference, in
the SimSci Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual, Table 2.1.4-1.
Table 4-20: Thermodynamic Calculation Methods
Method Keyword K-value Enthalpy Density(L) Density(V)
API Method API Yes
BWRS-Twu BWRST Yes Yes Yes Yes
Braun K-10 BK10 Yes
Chao-Seader CS Yes*
Curl-Pitzer CP Yes
Grayson- GS Yes*
Streed
Johnson- JG Yes
Grayson
Lee-Kesler LK Yes Yes Yes
Lee-Kesler- LKP Yes Yes Yes Yes
Plcker
Peng- PR Yes Yes Yes
Robinson
Redlich- RK Yes
Kwong
Soave- SRK Yes Yes Yes
Redlich-
Kwong
* Not to be used for systems with more than a total of 5% molar carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide or for
fluids above their critical points.
DECANT = When ON, water is treated as a special component, its solubility in the
hydrocarbon phase is calculated and the non-dissolved water put into a
separate phase. When OFF, water is treated as being fully soluble in the rest
of the stream. When SRK, PR, GS, CS, GSE, CSE, IGS, LKP, BK10 or
BWRS methods are used, DECANT is optional and defaults to ON.
Optional entries:
GPSA Used with DECANT = ON to specify that water partial pressures are
calculate using the GPSA Data Book Figure 20-3. If this keyword is not
present, steam tables are used.
SOLUBILITY = SIMSCI Used to specify the method of computing the solubility of water in the
hydrocarbon phase. Options are in Table 4-23.
PROPERTY = The calculation basis of pure water properties. Options are in Table 4-24.
SATURATED
Example:
WATER DECANT=ON, GPSA, SOLU=KERO, PROP=STEAM
BWRS
LKP
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the BWRS and LKP equation
of state.
i, j, kij /... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficient for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
Example:
BWRS 2,3,0.055/3,4,0.008
PR
SRK
Optional statements. Define the interaction parameters for the Peng-Robinson and
Soave-Redlich-Kwong equation of state.
Mandatory entries:
i, j, kija, kijb, kijc / ... Enter component pair numbers followed by the numerical value of the binary
interaction coefficients for the pair. Multiple entries are separated by the /
character.
Example:
PR 2,3,0.001, 0.054, 3.8/3,4,0.0089, 0.0006, 0.5601
PVT
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
SET
Mandatory statement. The entries on this statement depend on the fluid type.
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the fluid in gravity units. You must include a
qualifier to specify whether the fluid is LIQUID or WATER. If you use
LIQUID, correlations for liquid hydrocarbons will be used. If you use
WATER, correlations for water properties will be used. Additionally, if you
use WATER, you must enter a gravity value corresponding to a specific
gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
FILE PVTFILE= Defines the name of the PVT/Eclipse file.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()=Viscosity Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log viscosity curve. You
may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
CP()= Use this entry to define a constant heat capacity for the fluid.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(LIQUID,LBFT3)=49.7, CP(KCKGC)=0.525,&
VISCOSITY(C,CP)=0,0.395/50,0.246
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statements in the Structure Data Category of input.
GRAVITY(GAS)= Defines the standard gravity of the gas in gas gravity units. If the unit is
SPGR, it is relative to air at 60 F and 1 atmosphere. You must use the
qualifier GAS.
Optional entries:
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor calculation.
All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
CPRATIO=1.30 Ratio of Cp/Cv.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS)=1.04, CPRATIO=1.45, CONT=0,0,0.2
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to
SOURCE statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
Optional entries:
GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR) Defines the standard gravity of the liquid water in gravity units. You must
=1.0 use the qualifier WATER. If you do not want to override the default value,
you can omit the entire PVT Data Category of input.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(WATER,LBFT3)=66
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve.You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying the
appropriate units. The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
You must use a qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. Options
are OIL, WATER and LIQUID for the hydrocarbon phase, the free water
phase and the total liquid respectively. If multiple sets of two-point viscosity
curves are supplied by the user, PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when
the streams mix. If viscosity curves are specified, they must be specified for
all sets. Only one set of single-point viscosity data is allowed.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, VISCOSITY(OIL,CP,F)=100,2.6/200,0.8
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You must include a qualifier to
specify whether the fluid is GAS, CONDENSATE or WATER. You must
enter data for all three phases even if one or more is not present. Gravity units
are used for CONDENSATE and WATER and gas gravity units for GAS. The
value of the gravity of WATER must correspond to a specific gravity of
greater than or equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor calculation.
All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(GAS,KGM3)=1.0, GRAVITY(WATER,SPGR)=1.03,&
GRAVITY(COND)=58, CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more CSOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
COMP This keyword indicates that the set is for a compositionally defined source
under the compositional blackoil fluid model.
Optional entry:
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve. You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying
the appropriate unit.The format for the entry is:
either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravities of the fluids. You must include a qualifier to
specify whether the fluid is GAS, OIL or WATER. You must enter data for all
three phases even if one or more is not present. Gravity units are used for
OIL and WATER and gas gravity units for GAS. The value of the gravity of
WATER must correspond to a specific gravity of greater than or equal to 1.0.
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY(OIL)= Use this entry to define a constant viscosity or a log-log liquid viscosity
curve. You may enter either kinematic or dynamic viscosity by specifying
the appropriate unit. The format for the entry is: either VISCOSITY()=value
or VISCOSITY()=temp1,value1/temp2,value2
You must use the OIL qualifier to define the phase to which the data refer. If
multiple sets of 2 point viscosity curves are supplied by the user,
PIPEPHASE will blend these curves when the streams mix. If viscosity
curves are specified, they must be specified for all sets. Only one set of
single point viscosity data is allowed.
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor calculation.
All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
FVF= This specifies the the blackoil formation volume factor correlation. Select on
option from Table 4-26. If not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION
statement.
SGOR= This specifies the the blackoil Solution gas-oil ratio correlation. Select an
option from Table 4-26. If not specified, Pipephase will use the default
correlation specified in the CORRELATION statement.
Example:
SET SETNO=1, GRAVITY(OIL)=28, GRAVITY(WATER)=10.5,&
VISCOSITY(OIL)=100,10/210,1, GRAVITY(GAS)=0.75,&
CONT=1.3, 2.1, 0.0
Mandatory entries:
Example:
ADJUST TRESERVOIR(F)=160, VISCOSITY(CP)=2.1, COMPRESS=8E-6, &
PRESSURE(PSIG)=1400,1000,400, FVF=1.23,1.21,1.17,&
SGOR=449,297,191
Mandatory entries:
GRAVITY()= Defines the standard gravity of the lift gas in gas gravity units. If the unit is
SPGR, it is relative to air at 60 F and 1 atmosphere.
CONTAMINANTS=0,0,0 Defines lift gas contaminants, which modify the correlated z-factor
calculation. All three values are required. The format for the entry is:
CONTAMINANTS=mole % N2, mole% CO2, mole% H2S
Mandatory entries:
SETNO= A numerical entry which identifies the set. This set number corresponds to a
set number on one or more SOURCE statements in the Structure Data
Category of input.
TEMP()= At least two and no more than five entries may be given in ascending or
descending order. The (units) entry may optimally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card.
PRES()= At least three and no more than ten entries may be given in ascending or
descending order. The (units) entry may optimally be used to override the
temperature units on the DIMENSION card. Pressures are grouped with
slashes(/), with one group to correspond to each TEMP entry. Each pressure
group must include the bubble point pressure for the TEMP entry, with at
least one pressure entry higher and one entry lower than the bubble point
entry. The bubble point entry is designed with a (BP) - immediately after
the bubble point pressure entry.
Mandatory entries:
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of
values, separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the
TABULAR statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by
the slash (/) character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.
The TABULAR card is followed by cards of the form shown below where PNAME is a
property name followed by qualifiers. The property values re entered in groups which
correspond to the pressure groups.
Example:
PNAME(qualifiers)DATA = v1,v2,...v10/...
Mandatory entries:
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of
values, separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the
TABULAR statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by
the slash (/) character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.
Mandatory entries:
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of
values, separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the
TABULAR statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by
the slash (/) character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of
values, separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the
TABULAR statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by
the slash (/) character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the
TABULAR statement.
Mandatory entries:
DATA= Up to ten sets of up to five values. Each set must have the same number of values,
separated by commas, as the number of TEMP values entered on the TABULAR
statement. There must be the same number of sets, separated by the slash (/)
character, as the number of PRESSURE values entered on the TABULAR statement.
Example:
GRAVITY(OIL,LBFT3) DATA= .....
CORRELATION
Optional statement. Used for Blackoil and Non-Compositional Liquid and Gas.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
VISCOSITY()= Used with Blackoil, Liquid and Gas. Specifies the correlation for the viscosity
calculations. Select an option from Table 4-26. You must use a qualifier to
indicate whether the phase is LIQ, GAS or OIL. The default depends on the
phase and the fluid. With Blackoil, use VISCOSITY(LIQ) to define the water-
oil mixing rule.
ZFACTOR=STANDING Used with Blackoil and Gas. Defines the method to be used for gas
compressibility calculations. Select an option from Table 4-26.
FVF=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be used for formation volume
factor calculation. Select an option from Table 4-26.
SGOR=VAZQUEZ Used with Blackoil only. Defines the method to be used for solution gas oil
ratio calculation. Select an option from Table 4-26.
BLEND=VOLUMETRIC Used with Blackoil and Liquid. Defines the viscosity blending rule.
Alternatives are VOLUMETRIC and INDEX.
INVERSION= Water fraction at the inversion point on a volume basis. Use this entry to
adjust the calculation of water-oil mixture viscosity using one of the
WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules.
RATIO= Enter a curve of water volume fraction against viscosity multiplier. Use this
entry to adjust the calculation of water-oil mixture viscosity using one of the
WOELFLIN viscosity mixing rules. up to ten points may be entered. The
format is:
RATIO=water_frac1, multiplier1/water_frac2, multiplier2...
VISCOSITY (LIQ) = This keyword is required to define an user-defined viscosity correlation
USER or DAQING model. Up to 40 labels (maximum 16 characters) and corresponding constants
can be specified. Entry of CONSTANTS data is optional. See Table 4-18a for
user-defined labels and their default values. If required, default values can be
defined constants.
Example:
CORR VISCOSITY (LIQ)=USER, CONSTANTS = AA1, 3.383 /CC4, 34.5/
CORRELATION VISCOSITY(GAS)=KATZ, ZFACTOR=DRY
DIMENSION
DIMENSION specifies the maximum number of tables and table size to be used for the
problem. This is an optional entry. System defaults are available. The DIMENSION
statement must occur before the first GENERATE statement.
The MAXDIM keyword specifies the maximum number and dimensions of the Type 2
blackoil tables. The number of tables (TtABL label), the number of pressures (PRES
label), the number of temperatures (TEMP label), and the number of variables (VARI
label). An example may be found at the end of this chapter.
The syntax is:
DIMENSION MAXDIM=label,number/ label,number/
MAXDIM Labels:
Label Description
TABL Number of tables. Minimum and Default is 10
PRES Number of pressures. Minimum and Default is 30, Maximum is 150
TEMP Number of temperatures. Minimum and Default is 30, Maximum is 150
VARI Number of variables. Minimum and Default is 6. Maximum is 18
Note: The phase fraction generated in the Compositional PVT Table are Molar fractions.
Mandatory entries:
SOURCE= The name of the compositional source for which the table is to be created.
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry refers to the table number
and is used on the FILE statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number on the SOURCE statement.
Optional entries:
TEMPERATURE()=100, Use these entries to define the temperatures at which the properties are to be
DT()=10, calculated. The format is:
NT=10 TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7, Use these entries to define the pressures at which the properties are to be
DP()=20, calculated. The format is:
NP=10 PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRINT=NONE Options are FULL or NONE or a list of individual properties:
PLOT=NONE PRINT=property, property, ...
Table 4-28 shows the keywords for the properties.
PVTFILE= Use this entry to specify an eight character prefix for the PVT data file. The
extension is always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=0,DT=30, NT=16,&
PRES=10,50,90,130,150, PRINT=LDEN,LVIS,LFRAC, PLOT=FULL
If you want to create and use the table in this run, you may have only one source and you
must have a complete Structure Data Category of input. If the table is to be stored for use
in a subsequent simulation, you must use the PVTGEN entry on the CALCULATION
statement in the General Data Category of input. You can create more than one table but
SETNO= If you are saving tables for a future run, this entry refers to the table number
and is used on the FILE statement in the future run. If you are not saving the
table, this entry must be the same as the set number on the SOURCE
statement.
TEMPERATURE()=100, Use these entries to define the temperatures at which the properties are to be
DT()=10, calculated. The format is:
NT=6 TEMP=initial value,DT=increment,NT=number of values
You must define at least three and not more than twenty data points.
PRESSURE()=14.7, Use these entries to define the pressures at which the properties are to be
DP()=20, calculated. The format is:
NP=6 PRES=initial value,DP=increment,NP=number of values
GOR()= The formation GOR for which the PVT table is to be generated.
Optional entries:
TYPE=1 Defines the type of blackoil table. Allowed values are 1(default) for Fixed
GOR type tables or 2 for the new variable GOR PVT tables.
PLOT=NONE Use this keyword to control the output of plotted properties. Options are
FULL or NONE. Property tables are always printed.
Example:
GENERATE SOURCE=FEED, SETNO=1, TEMP=250, 50,&
PRES=4000,1000,4, GOR=1236, PLOT=FULL
New keywords for new functionality in the GENERATE statement for TYPE=2 tables:
Mandatory entries: For Type=2:
PVEC ( units)= Specifies an array of pressures. The number of pressures allowed depends on
what was specified for the PRES label in the MAXDIM statement.
TVEC (units )= Specifies an array of temperatures. .The number of temperatures allowed
depends on what was specified for the PRES label in the MAXDIM
statement.
PRVEC=label, The type 2 blackoil table always generates/uses 6 mandatory properties and
integervalue/label,integer 12 additional optional properties. This keyword specifies through standard
value/ labels (listed below), which optional properties are to be added in the Table.
An integer value of 1 means that property is to be included. An integer
value of 0 means that property is not to be included in the table. The 12
optional properties are listed below. If an optional property label is not
specified, that optional property is not included..
PVTFIL=alpha-numeric This keyword specifies the name of the PVT file to be generated for this
character string blackoil PVT set. An automatic extension '.PVT' will be added to this string.
The default name will be filename_setno_xx where 'xx' denotes the PVT set
number.
The PVT file will be always be generated in the same directory as the output file.
A blackoil PVT table can be used for any fluid with the same PVT set properties,
independent of the gas oil ratio (GOR). When the tables are generated, a large GOR
value is used to predict the solution gas oil ratio (SGOR) and other properties. When
using the PVT tables, properties are obtained based on tabular data as impacted by the
source GOR. The method for determining the accurate PVT properties above the bubble
point is as follows:
The bubble point pressure is calculated for the given temperature and source GOR.
The solution gas oil ratio, water oil ratio, oil volume formation factor, water volume
formation factor and liquid viscosity are obtained for the given temperature and
pressure, with the pressure being limited to the bubble point pressure.
The oil gravity, gas gravity, gas compressibility, gas viscosity and remaining proper-
ties are obtained for the given temperature and pressure.
Table 4-29: Default Set of Properties (mandatory)
FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor
SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Oil Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
PRVEC keyword allows the user to specify additional property tables in addition to the
default set.
Example:
GENERATE SETNO=4, PVTFILE=TEST_PVTGB2_SET4, TYPE=2,*
TVEC=70,75,80,85,90,95,100,105,110,115,120,125,130, *
PVEC=500,750,1000,1250,1500,1750,2000,2250,2500,2750,3000,3250,3500,3750,*
PRVEC=VISW,1/CPO,1
This specification will generate a table with the following 6 mandatory properties and 2
optional (total 8) properties:
FVFO Oil Formation Volume Factor
SGOR Solution Gas oil ratio
VISO Oil Viscosity
OILGRAV Oil Gravity
GASGRAV Gas Gravity
CO Oil Compressibility
VISW Water Viscosity
CPO Oil specific heat
Note: Liquid viscosity is dependent primarily on temperature. For blackoil tabular data, viscosity may be a
function of pressure below the bubble point to take into account gas that is dissolving into the liquid. Above
the bubble point, the viscosity does not change significantly as a function of pressure. As a result,
PIPEPHASE will use the viscosity at the bubble point pressure for pressures that exceed this value.
Optional entry:
PVTFILE= The 8 character prefix for the user-specified filename. The file extension is
always .PVT and the default is {input file name}.PVT.
SETNO= The PVT set number. For Type=1 PVT table, the set number must match the
set number in the Type 1 PVT file.
PVTFILE= The name of the PVT table file. If file cannot be found, an error message will
be printed and the program will stop.
PVT
DIMENSION MAXDIM=TABL,2/PRES,20/TEMP,10
SET SETN=1, GRAV(OIL,API)=35, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.65, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=STANDING, SGOR=LASATER
GENERATE SETN=1,TYPE=2,PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,.., TVEC(F)=50,60,70,.
$
SET SETN=2, GRAV(OIL,API)=25, GRAV(GAS,SPGR)=0.6, *
GRAV(WATER)=1.03, FVF=VAZQUEZ, SGOR=VAZQUEZ
GENERATE SETN=2,TYPE=2, PVEC(PSIA)=10,14.7,100,200,300,.., TVEC(F)=50,60,70,.
STRUCTURE
Mandatory statement. Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
System Nodes
SOURCE
Mandatory statement. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more
than one source in a simulation. The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source
may be defined explicitly by giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE
that any property not given should be copied from another source.
Mandatory entries: For all fluids:
SETNO= Use one of these. SETNO must be numeric. It is the identifier which links the
or source to a set of properties defined in the PVT data category. When you use
REFSOURCE= REFSOURCE, the temperature, pressure, rate and composition of the
referenced source are copied into this source. You can then override any one
or more of these using entries on this statement.
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
pressure is estimated
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir, the source pressure is
interpreted as the reservoir pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average reservoir pressure. This pressure
difference is maintained throughout the time-stepping.
TEMPERATURE()= Mandatory entry, unless REFSOURCE is used or, for a steam or single
component source, QUALITY is given. For single component source
QUALITY must be specified. If QUALITY=0 or 100%, then
TEMPERATURE must also be specified.
RATE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used or unless compositional rates
are specified. Use the ESTI qualifier if the rate is estimated. The units in
which you must express the flowrate of a non-compositional fluid depends
on the fluid type:
Fluid Type Rate Basis
Non-compositional gas Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Liquid volume units
Steam Weight units
For a compositional fluid, you may also use a qualifier to define the basis of
the flowrate. Options are: LV, GV, W, or M for liquid volume, gas volume,
weight, or moles. The default basis is moles, except for ASSAY. Rates set on
a Gas Volume basis are at ideal conditions and do not include the non-
idealities that can be seen using a more accurate PVT model. This can lead to
slight differences between users input value and the simulation results.
PRIORITY= Integer that indicates the priority of shut in for the source under the various
well control options. For example if there are two sources, and the priority of
one is 1 and the priority of the other is 2, then PIPEPHASE will first
preferentially shut the source with PRIORITY=1.
EXCLUDE Use this keyword to exclude the item from the network using Network
Remapping Utility from the GUI
EXC2 Use this keyword to exclude the item from the link to the simulator defined
in the RESERVOIR card.
COEFFICIENT()= and Optional entries. Define the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well
EXP()= source using the gas flow equation.
Example:
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=0, TEMP(C)=40, RATE=100
SOURCE NAME=13, PRESS=125, TEMP=136, RATE(W)=2000,&
COMP=0.8/0.1/0.05/0.05
SOURCE NAME=12, PRESS=115,&
RATE(W)=1000, TEMPERATURE=136, REFS=13
SOURCE NAME=W, RATE=70000, PRES(ESTI)=170, QUALITY=98
SOURCE NAME=FEED, SETNO=1, PRES=114, RATE(W)=1500000, &
TEMPERATURE=60, ASSAY=LV
SOURCE NAME=100, TEMP=150, PRES=1000, &
COMP=1,3000/2,35/3,30/4,890/5,300/6,520/7,105/8,283/&
9,100/10,133/11,165/12,303/13,560/14,930/15,300/&
16,300/17,300/18,280/19,260, RATE=8800, NOCHECK, SET=THERMO1
CSOURCE
Mandatory statement for compositionally-defined sources for the compositional blackoil
model. Defines a point where fluid enters the system. There may be more than one
source in a simulation. All the statements that define a source must be grouped together.
The data required depends upon the fluid type. A source may be defined explicitly by
giving all its properties, or you may instruct PIPEPHASE that any property not given
should be copied from another source.
Mandatory entries: For all fluids:
PRESSURE()= Mandatory entry unless REFSOURCE is used. Use the ESTI qualifier if the
pressure is estimated.
For time-stepping, if the source drains a reservoir, the source pressure is
interpreted as the reservoir pressure at the source location at time = 0.0. This
pressure may be different from the average reservoir pressure. This pressure
difference is maintained throughout the time-stepping.
Example:
CSOURC NAME=1,RATE=100,TEMP=140,PRES(ESTI)=100, &
COMP=20/40/40,NOCHECK, SETNO=2
WTEST
Optional statement. Defines the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well from
measured data. This statement may be used only in a SINGLE link calculation. It must
follow immediately after the SOURCE statement to which it refers.
This statement is used with Blackoil, Condensate, Liquid or Gas. The data required
depends upon the fluid type.
Mandatory entries: For all fluids:
NAME= Identifies the test device at the outlet of which the test measurements were
taken. Up to four alphanumeric characters.
TEMPERATURE()= Measured temperature at the test device outlet. For a gas or condensate run
two data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
PRESSURE()= Measured pressure at the test device outlet. For a gas or condensate run two
data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
RESPRES()= Reservoir pressure at the time the measurements were taken. For a gas or
condensate run two data entries must be supplied for the two test rates.
PI()= or Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source by Productivity Index or
VOGEL()= the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured standard volume oil flowrate.
GOR()= Mandatory entry. Formation gas-oil ratio measured at testing conditions.
WCUT=0.0 Optional entry. Volume percent of water in the liquid phase.
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow equation is to be used.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate. Two data points must be
supplied
CGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Condensate gas ratio.If entered, two data points must be
supplied.
WGR()=0.0, 0.0 Optional entry. Water gas ratio. If entered, two data points must be supplied.
PI()= or Mandatory entry. Defines the IPR of a well source by Productivity Index or
VOGEL()= the Vogel equation.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Measured liquid flowrate.
GAS Mandatory entry. Specify that the gas flow equation is to be used.
RATE()= Mandatory entry. Testing gas volumetric flowrate. Two data points must be
supplied.
Distillation Data
This statement is necessary only if Assay curve is used. One of the following statements
must appear immediately after the corresponding SOURCE statement and prior to the
next SOURCE statement or THERMO statement. It supplies the distillation data for the
fluid portion of the stream. Solids are not considered in the distillation data. The DATA
entry is required; all other entries are optional.
D86 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ...,
{TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)=760.0,
CRACKING}
or
TBP or DATA= pct, value / pct, value/ ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F,
D1160 STREAM=sid, PRES(MMHG)= 760.0}
or
D2887 DATA= pct, value / pct, value / ..., {TEMP= K or C or R or F, STREAM=
sid}
The FIT option on the ASSAY statement in the Component Data Category determines
the curve fitting procedure used to process the distillation data. The default cubic
SPLINE method requires a minimum of 2 data points. When only two data points are
present, PIPEPHASE uses a probability density function to fill in the remainder of the
curve. All other fitting procedures require 3 data points for TBP curves, and 5 points for
other distillation data.
By default, PIPEPHASE assumes a pressure of 760 mmHg for the supplied data. For all
distillation data options except D2887, the PRES option allows changing the pressure at
which the data were taken or to which the data were corrected.
D86 This statement supplies ASTM D86 distillation data, normally taken at
atmospheric pressure (760 mmHg). Use the PRES entry to correct for data
or measured at another pressure. Use the CRACKING entry (below) to correct
for thermal cracking.
TBP Supply true boiling point distillation data on this statement, using the PRES
or entry to indicate the pressure at which the data were measured.
D1160 This statement supplies ASTM D1160 distillation data, normally measured
in partial vacuum conditions. By default, data is corrected to 1 atmosphere
or (760 torr). Use the PRES entry to correct data to another pressure.
D2887 This statement allows entry of data that describes a distillation curve
simulated in accordance with the ASTM D2887 procedure.
DATA This entry is required to supply the actual distillation data points. Each data
point consists of two pieces of information:
(1) the cut point, expressed as a percentage of the cumulative distillates and
(2) the temperature of the cut.
Data must appear with the cut percentages in ascending order, consistent
with the basis declared on the ASSAY entry of the SOURCE statement. Any
data supplied on the LIGHTENDS statement override the corresponding
portion of the distillation data.
TEMP This optional entry identifies the dimensional unit used to supply
temperature data. If omitted, the temperature unit declared on the
DIMENSION statement in the General Data Category serves as the default.
Available arguments include C (Celsius), K (Kelvin), F (Fahrenheit), or R
(Rankine) degrees.
PRES The PRES entry allows specifying the pressure at which the distillation data
were measured, or to which the data are corrected. The default pressure is
760 mmHg. The default dimensional unit is the problem pressure unit.
STREAM This supplies a stream label. It is optional; but when used, it must agree with
the stream label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error
occurs.
CRACKING Presence of this keyword corrects D86 data for the effects of thermal
cracking. It is available only on the D86 statement.
Note: This correlation was removed from the API Data Book in 1987, but remains available as an option
to provide consistency for older data.
Gravity Data
Standard liquid gravity measured at 60oF (15.5oC).
API or AVERAGE= value, {STREAM= sid}, {DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct,
SPGR or value / ...}
WATSONK
One of these statements must follow the distillation data statement after the SOURCE
statement. These statements offer alternative forms for defining the liquid density of the
assay at 60oF (15.5oC). The AVERAGE entry is required; all other entries are optional.
When the DATA entry is not supplied, PIPEPHASE generates a gravity curve based on
the distillation data and the average gravity value.
API API gravity.
SPGR Specific gravity.
WATSONK Watson (or UOP) characterization factor data.
Molecular Weight
The following optional statement defines the molecular weight curve for the assay
stream.
MW DATA= pct, value / pct, value / pct, value / ..., {AVERAGE= value,
STREAM= sid}
If this statement is used, the DATA entry must appear, but the AVERAGE and STREAM
entries always are optional. If the MW statement is not given, PIPEPHASE estimates the
molecular weights for all assay cuts, using the method chosen by the MW entry on the
ASSAY statement, in the Component Data Category of input.
DATA The data entry must define at least three points that appear in the order of
ascending weight percentages. An unlimited number of points may be
supplied.
pct Mid-volume percent or mid-weight percent of the data point.
value The gravity or Watson characterization value of the point
associated with the pct argument.
AVERAGE Optionally, this defines the average molecular weight of the fluid portion of
the stream. Solid components are ignored. If AVERAGE is given,
PIPEPHASE normalizes or extrapolates the molecular weight curve, as
required to satisfy the average molecular weight of the stream. If omitted,
PIPEPHASE uses quadratic extrapolation of the molecular weight curve, as
needed, to compute an average molecular weight.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, must agree with the stream label
declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
All components appearing on this statement must be defined in the Component Data
Category. The COMPOSITION entry is required, but all other entries are optional.
COMPOSITION Required. This entry identifies the components that constitute the lightends
of the stream. The flow of each component in the lightends may be supplied
as an actual flow rate or as a fraction or percentage of the total stream fluid
rate. Solids are not included. The basis may be mole (M), weight (WT),
liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) and may be different from the basis
used on the RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT entry. If i is omitted, it
defaults to the next component number in sequence. If none of the i
arguments are given, then the first value is associated with component 1.
If RATE, PERCENT, or FRACTION is given:
The value given is the composition for each component i. The sum of the
values must equal 1.0 0.01, 100 1 or the desired rate 1%. Alternatively, the
NORMALIZE keyword may be used to adjust the values to the desired rate.
If MATCH is given:
The values are adjusted by a constant factor so that the lightends flowrate
matches the low-boiling portion of the TBP curve.
If RATE, PERCENT, FRACTION or MATCH is not given:
The values are the actual flowing amounts.
RATE Optional. If used, this entry defines the total lightends rate on a mole (M),
weight (WT), liquid volume (LV), or gas volume (GV) basis. The basis may
be different from the COMPOSITION basis.
or
FRACTION or Optional. This defines the total lightends rate as a fraction or percent of the
PERCENT total stream fluid rate. The basis may be either weight (WT) or liquid volume
(LV). The basis may be different from the COMPOSITION basis. The
default basis is set by the ASSAY entry on the SOURCE statement.
or
In the following figure, point a is the midpoint volume percent of the highest boiling
pure component. This cumulative percentage point is adjusted to intercept the TBP
curve. Point b is the volume percent of the total lightends.
STREAM Stream label. It is optional, but when used, it must agree with the stream
label declared on the SOURCE statement, or an input error occurs.
NORMALIZE Optional. When RATE, FRACTION, or PERCENT is present, the
NORMALIZE option normalizes the total rate of the lightends to obtain the
required rate, regardless of the sum of the values supplied for the
COMPOSITION entry.
Example: SOURCES with Assay Data. Set up SOURCES input for the
following three streams:
Stream Label
1 2 V6
Assay Basis LV LV WT
Distillation Type ASTM D86 ASTM D1160 TBP
IBP 100 310 201
10% 210 360 --
30% 240 385 370
50% 260 410 390
70% 275 560 --
90% 290 -- 450
EP 310 -- --
Gravity type API Watson K SpGr
Stream average 60 12.5 0.76
Mid % 25 -- -- 0.31
37 -- -- 0.42
52 -- -- 0.65
Lightends
Total flow 50 moles -- 11% by weight
Comp. no. -- -- --
1 2 -- 8.0
2 10 -- 12.0
3 28 -- 31.0
4 7 -- 42.0
5 3 -- 7.0
Thermal
conditions
Temperature 150 100 200
Pressure 50 50 75
Phase Liquid Liquid Mixed
Total rate, basis 1200, LV 1500, LV 2700, WT
PROPERTY
STREAM= 1, TEMP= 150.0, PRES= 50.0, &
RATE(LV)= 1200.0, PHASE= L, ASSAY= LV
D86
STREAM= 1, DATA= 0.0, 100./ 10., 210./ &
30., 240./ 50., 260./ 70., 275./ 90., 290./ 100., 310.
API
AVERAGE= 60.0, STREAM= 1
LIGHTENDS
STREAM= 1, RATE= 50.0, &
SINK
Defines a point where fluid leaves the system. You may have more than one sink in a
network simulation. As demonstrated in the following table, the requirements for entries
for this statement depend on the type of simulation.
Table 4-32: Mandatory Entries for SINK
Simulation Type Mandatory Sink Data
Network Stream ID or Name.
Estimated or fixed pressure.
Estimated or fixed rate.
Conditional entries:
For the Blackoil model the user has the additional ability to specify the
standard volumetric flowrates of either gas, oil, water or liquid at the sink.
The default basis is the combined liquid flow of oil and water at the sink.
The user can also specify the unit basis of the standard volumetric flowrate.
For the Compositional model the user has the ability to specify in addition to
the total mass rate of flow at the sink the standard volumetric flowrate of
either gas/oil or water at the sink with appropriate volume qualifiers. The
default basis is the mass flow at the sink. However, to specify the mass rate
with unit qualifiers, the user must specify that the basis is weight (WT), thus
the following is appropriate syntax:
RATE(wt,weight units)=
In addition the qualifiers, WATER/GAS/OIL are now used to allow the user
to specify the volumetric flows of the respective phases at the sink.
Optional entries:
Example:
JUNCTION
Mandatory statement for the network calculation method, where two or more links
connect.
PRESSURE(ESTI)= Estimate of pressure at this junction. The qualifier ESTI must be used. If you
supply a pressure estimate, it should be consistent with the estimated
direction of flow.
TROCK()= Temperature of the rock formation at this junction. Required entry for
subsurface junctions and the first surface junction.
Optional entries for modeling preferential splitting at a tee junction, for Steam Systems only:
Note: The smaller diameter pipe leaving the junction is always considered the branch link.
ANGLE()=0 Angle of branch. Limits are 90 degrees for vertical incline; 90 degrees for
vertical decline.
PROPORTIONAL or Select a method for calculating phase splitting at the junction. HONG or
HONG or TUFFP may be used with ANGLE if the branch is not horizontal. Use a user-
ORANJE or defined model to calculate phase splitting at this junction. When you use this
TUFFP or entry, you must have an additional PSPLIT category of data at the end of the
CHIEN or simulation input. See the PSPLIT Data Category of input near the end of this
SEEUP or chapter for further details. See References (99-104) for more information on
SEEHOR or these preferential phase split models.
SEEDOWN or
USER
Example:
NAME= Identifies the link. Up to four alphanumeric characters. When using gaslift,
the name of the production string must be PROD and the name of the
injection string must be GASL.
Note: In a network, there may be more than one feasible link calculation sequence. In PIPEPHASE the
links are first ordered alphanumerically before the feasible ordering is done. This guarantees that the same
calculation sequence is arrived at no matter what the link input order was in the keyword file. However if the
link name is changed the program may arrive at an alternate feasible link calculation sequence
FROM=, or F= Identifies the source or junction where this link starts. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.
TO=, or T= Identifies the sink or junction where this link ends. Up to twelve
alphanumeric characters.
Optional entries:
RATE(ESTI)= Estimate of the flowrate through this link. The qualifier ESTI must be used.
If a rate estimate is supplied for one link, an estimate must be supplied for all
links. Otherwise PIPEPHASE will generate its own estimates and ignore
those estimates supplied. The handling of user supplied estimate differs
based on the flow allocation method. For most methods, the simulator will
provide initial estimates which are overridden by the user estimates. The
FLOWALLOC=1 or FLOWALLOC=2 keywords (see the previous section
on Network Data Category of input) may be used to enable the mixing of
user-supplied and program-generated link flowrate estimates. In this case the
user estimates will be taken into account, but conflicting estimates will be
adjusted to be as close to the user estimates as possible. When using a restart
file, the restart file estimates are taken as the highest priority and user
supplied estimates for a given link will be used only if no data is available in
the restart file.
DUAL= For detailed heat transfer in dual completions. Specify the name of the link
that forms a dual completion with this link. Valid for Network calculations
with Blackoil, steam and compositional fluids. Only concentric completions
are allowed with compositional fluids. The detailed heat transfer data are
entered on the TUBING statement in the Structure Data Category of input.
INJECT To specify that a link is an injection well. Mandatory when modeling
subsurface networks with multiple completion zones in injection wells.
Note: If the flow exceeds QMAX beyond the upper tolerance, PIPEPHASE calculates the regulator
pressure that needs to be set in order to meet the maximum flow constraint specified.
Note: PIPEPHASE varies the choke or valve size as part of the network iterations to keep the flow below
the maximum within tolerance.
If 1 and 3b are not both true, then the maximum flow logic will be
inactivated.
If 1 and 3b are true and 2b is not true, the network will fail to converge.
QMIN()=0 Enter the minimum flowrate to be allowed through the link. If the flowrate
falls below this value, the PBAL convergence algorithm will shut down the
link. This logic can be used to simulate well shutdown when the well
production falls below some minimum flowrate.
TOLERANCE(LOWER)= Specifies the lower flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.
TOLERANCE(UPPER)= Specifies the upper flow tolerances as a fraction of the QMAX value.
FGAS Desired gas volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
FWAT Desired water volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
FOIL Desired oil volume fraction (in percent) of link flow.
The purpose of the FGAS/FWAT/FOIL options is to allow the user to control
the volume fractions of fluids in a link. The FGAS, FOIL and FWAT options
can only be used with the mass based formulation of the blackoil model.
Note: The quantities FOIL, FWAT and FGAS can only be specified once for any and all links that
emanate from a given node. Thus, if three links carry flow from a node, then FWAT/FGAS/FOIL can be
specified for, at most, one of the three links.
PRINT Use this entry to generate a detailed report for the link. This detailed report
will include a phase envelope plot if the PLOT=FULL and DEVICE=PART
or FULL options have both been specified on the PRINT statement in the
General Data Category of input. If the PRINT option is not specified on any
link and DEVICE=PART or FULL is in the PRINT statement, detailed
reports will be generated for every link in the simulation. Therefore it is
recommended that you use this keyword to select only those links of interest.
SUBLINE = This Keyword entry is used to relate subsurface links to each other for
creating a unified well profile.The LINE name may be up to 12 characters.
LINES may be defined for any LINK in the system and LINKS can be used
in more than one LINE. A typical Line description will look like this:
SUBLINE=SUBLINE1, SUBLINE2, SUBLINE3... where SUBLINE1,
SUBLINE2 and SUBLINE3 are defined Lines Name.
EXCLUDE Use this keyword to exclude the item from the network using Network
Remapping Utility from the GUI
EXC2 Use this keyword to exclude the item from the link to the simulator defined
in the RESERVOIR card.
XCOR = xxx GUI Coordinates to position the link on the PFD. If no information is given,
YCOR = xxx a direct connection is given between the attached nodes.
The user should not change this data.
Example:
PIPE
Any value defined on any pipe statement will override the corresponding values set
globally in the General Data Category of input.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Note: If neither of these keywords is specified on the PIPE statement, either IDPIPE or NOMD must have
been specified as a General Default.
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
HRADIANT()=0.0 Additional radiant heat transfer coefficient which will be added to the
outside film heat transfer coefficient calculated by PIPEPHASE.
BDTOP()=0.0 Depth of a buried pipe measured from the top of the outside of the pipe, in
short length units.
Example:
PIPE NAME=PIP1, LENGTH=30, ID=3.068
PIPE ID=3, LENGTH=5808, ECHG=140, U=0.0001
PIPE NAME=A-J, ID=8, LENGTH=170, &
WATER, VISCOSITY(CP)=1.5, VELOCITY=5, DENSITY(LBFT3)=68,&
COND=0.33, TAMB=5, CONPIPE=35, THKPIPE=0.8, THKINS=5
PIPE NAME=X1, NOMD=3, SCHE=30
ANNULUS
Define a well annulus. Any value defined on an Annulus statement will override the
corresponding values set globally in the General Data Category of input.
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the link to the bottom of the
annulus in long length units.For an inclined well, the length will be greater
than the depth.
Optional entries:
LENGTH()= Distance from the top of the first annulus in the link to the bottom of the
tubing in long length units. For an inclined well, the length will be greater
than the depth.
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule TB01
is used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
DEPTH()= Vertical depth from the well head to the bottom of the tubing in long length
units. Must be positive. If omitted, a vertical tubing is assumed (depth =
length).
FCODE= Defines pressure drop and holdup method. Select a code from Table 4-6a or
Table 4-6b.
PALMER=0.924,0.6852 Use Palmer liquid holdup correction factors. Two values must be supplied:
uphill and downhill. The defaults shown apply only to BB or BBM
correlations; if the default values are to be used, only include the PALMER
keyword without any values. If different values are required, supply those
values with the PALMER keyword. If you are using any other correlation,
you must supply values with the PALMER keyword. If you want to correct
only downhill holdup, supply a value of 1.0 for the uphill correction factor.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Tubing inside roughness in short length (special) units (see Table 4-4). Use
the qualifier REL to denote roughness as a fraction of the tubing inside
diameter.
ISOTHERMAL or Use ISOTHERMAL to suppress heat balance calculations. Use
NONISOTHERMAL NONISOTHERMAL to override an ISOTHERMAL entry on the
CALCULATION statement in the General Data Category of input and thus
reinstate heat balance calculations.
FLOWEFF=100 Flow efficiency as a percentage. This parameter may be used in a rating
exercise to adjust flowrates to meet a measured pressure drop. The use of
FLOWEFF is recommended only when other parameters, such as pressure
drop method, roughness, heat transfer coefficient values, etc., have been
varied in order to match field data.
VELANNULUS()= Velocity is required for a forced convection gas or liquid annular medium. Up
to five entries, working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is
not filled with a forced convection gas or liquid, just enter a comma without a
value.
DENANNULUS() = Density of a gas or liquid annular medium in lb/ft3 or kg/m3. Up to five
0.0559 lb/ft3 (for gas) entries, working outward, separated by commas. Where the space is not filled
or 62.4 lb/ft3 (for liquid) with a gas or liquid, just enter a comma without a value. Gravity units,
namely SPGR and API units, are not allowed.
DIFFEARTH=0.96 Diffusivity of the earth.
CONEARTH()= Optional entry. Thermal conductivity of the earth.
TIME= Mandatory entry. Equivalent production or injection time since the last time
the temperature gradient in the well was the geothermal gradient. Units must
be days.
DELH = Size of segmentation to be used in pipe/tube or annulus. This value overrides
values set as default on the SEGMENT statement. However, the default does
not override values that are computed under the AUTO or FAST options.
SEGM= Number of segments to be used in the current pipe/tube/annulus. This value
overrides defaults set on the SEGMENT statement. However, this value does
not override segment sizes that are computed under the AUTO or FAST
options.
Dual Completions
Dual completion strings, when modeled as separate
production strings (links), do not account for the heat transfer
between the strings. If detailed heat transfer interactions
between the strings need to be calculated, the configuration
of the dual completion must be defined.
The calculation must be Network and the fluid must be
Blackoil, steam or compositional. Only concentric dual
completions may be modeled if the fluid is compositional.
Dual completion strings are indicated by the keyword DUAL
in the LINK statement.
Concentric Dual Completions
This well is modeled with two links. The first link contains
the inner production or injection string which is specified on
a TUBING statement. The second link models the outer
string as an ANNULUS. The geometry of the annular space
is defined by IDCAS and ODCAS.
To model an insulated tubing or casing, specify a solid medium for the annular space.
COMPLETION
Describes a bottomhole completion, the interface between the reservoir and a well. An
IPR device should be used in addition to the completion device to account for the
pressure drop from the reservoir to the near wellbore.There are two types of completion:
gravel-packed; and open-perforated. The entries on this statement depend on the type of
completion.
Mandatory entries for both types of completion:
JONES or MCLEOD Use one of these to indicate whether the completion is to use the Jones model
for gravel-packed completions or the McLeod open-perforated completion
model.
LENGTH()= Total length of the perforated interval in long length units.
PERFD()= Diameter of the perforation in short length units.
SHOTS()= Perforation shot density measured as total number of perforations per unit
completion length.
TUNNEL()= Tunnel length that is filled with gravel through which linear flow occurs in
short length units.
PENETRATION()= Distance from the end of the perforation to the borehole radius in short length
units.
PERM()= Crushed zone permeability. An additional qualifier must be used to indicate
whether the value is for CRUSHED zone or RESERVOIR. If a reservoir
value is supplied, the crushed value is calculated depending on whether the
perforating conditions are declared to be overbalanced or underbalanced (see
OVER and UNDER, below):
Overbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.1 * reservoir permeability
Underbalanced conditions:
Crushed permeability = 0.4 * reservoir permeability
No declared conditions:
Crushed permeability = reservoir permeability
OVER or UNDER Use this keyword to indicate that the perforating conditions are overbalanced
or underbalanced.
THICKNESS()= 0.5 Thickness of the crushed zone immediately around the perforation in short
length units.
Example:
COMPLETION JONES, TUNNEL=1.55, PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=4, LENGTH=10
COMP NAME=COMP, MCLEOD, PERM(RESE,MD)=0.65, PENE=3,&
PERFD=0.39, SHOTS=8, LENGTH=30, UNDERBALANCED
COMPRESSOR
Describes a single or multi-stage compressor. This unit cannot be used for steam
systems.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
COMP POWER(MAX)=55, CURVE=200,20,85/400,40,76
COMPRESS NAME=CMP2, POWER(HP)=250, PRES(MAX,PSIG)=1050, &
EFFICIENCY=85
Example: Multispeed compressor with data provided for three RPM curves.
COMP NAME = CMP1, PRES(MAX)=300, &
CRV1=200,20,100/300,40,98/ &
CRV2=400,50,100/500,60,98/ &
CRV3=600,70,100/700,80,98, &
RPMC=1000,2000,3000
MCOMPRESS
Describes a single or multi-stage, multi-train compressor station. It can model the effect
of intercoolers and scrubbers. This unit cannot be used for steam systems. You may
specify the performance of a multistage compressor in one of the following ways:
Total power: use the POWER keyword.
Discharge pressure: use the PDISCHARGE keyword.
Performance curve(s): use the CURVE keyword.
Suction pressure: use the PIN keyword.
If you specify the suction (inlet) pressure, a special subnetworking algorithm is invoked.
Note that this is true only for PBAL networks. The subnetworking algorithm then sizes
the compressor power requirements.
Mandatory entries:
POWER()= Total power available to the multi-stage compressor. If you are using
PDISCHARGE or CURVE to specify the performance of the compressor,
you may use the MAX qualifier to specify a maximum power.
or
PDISCHARGE()= Discharge pressure. If you are using POWER or CURVE to specify the
performance of the compressor, you may supply an estimated outlet pressure
using the ESTI qualifier. Alternatively you may use the WARN qualifier and
PIPEPHASE will issue a warning if the discharge pressure rises above the
value you supply.
or
CURVE()= Performance curve(s) of flowrate, head and % efficiency for each stage.
Each stage may have a separate curve. Each stage curve may have up to ten
data points. If you input only one stage curve, each stage will use it. You can
select standard or actual conditions as the basis for the gas flow rate
measurement (standard is the default, but actual is recommended). You can
use two qualifiers to specify units of measurement for actual gas volume
flowrate and/or long length. Format of data is:
CURVE=stage, rate, head, efficiency/stage, rate, head, efficiency/...
or
PIN()= Suction pressure. Invokes a special subnet working algorithm. If PIN is
specified POWER, PDIS or CURVE must not be specified.
Optional entries:
Example:
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP1, STAGES=3, INTT(F)=120,120, TWARN(F)=250,&
PDIS(PSIG,WARN)=3000, POLY, PERCENT=(COND)=100,&
CURVE = 1, 50, 3000, 72/ 1, 100, 2550, 74 /&
1, 200, 2100, 75/ 1, 400, 1650, 76, ACTUAL
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP2, STAGES=5, PDIS(PSIG)=1200, &
INTT(F)= 100,100,100,100,100, EQUALPR,&
ADEF = 80,81,80,80,82, POWER(WARN,HP)=1500
MCOMPRESS NAME=CMP3, STAGES=2, POWER(HP)=800,&
NOKCONV, ADEFF=79,79, INTP(PSIG)=350
COOLER
Simulates the removal of heat from a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of the cooler. If both are used
DUTY()= in order to bound the outlet conditions, you must apply either the MIN
qualifier to TOUT or the MAX qualifier to DUTY.
Optional entries:
DPDT
Describes a general equipment item to model any device that changes the pressure and/
or temperature of a fluid stream.
CURVE()= Up to 25 entries. Describes the relationship between the fluid flowrate and
the pressure and temperature differences across the device. A positive
difference indicates a rise in pressure or temperature across the device. The
format of the data is:
CURVE()= rate, dp, dt / ....
CRVn() specifies a curve in the multi-curve DPDT data. The 'n' refers to the curve
number and must be a intger between 1 and 5. Example: crv1=q1,dp1,dt1/
q2,dp2,dt2/..up to 25 points. The units for rate, dp and dt can be specified
locally. (GUI does not allow local units specification). This keyword not
allowed to be used with the (previously existing) CURVE keyword which is
allowed only for a single curve..
PINC() Inlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly as
the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values:
eg. PINC = 100,200,300,400,500
or
POUTC() Outlet pressure curve parameter. The number of values must match exactly
as the number of curves specified.
(GUI does not allow local units specification).
Maximum 5 values
eg. POUTC=500,600,700,800
Qualifiers may be used to specify units of measurement for flowrate,
pressure and temperature. The units for flowrate allowed depend on the fluid:
Fluid Type Rate Basis
Non-compositional gas Std.Gas volume units
Non-compositional liquid Std. Liq. volume units
Steam Weight units
Compositional fluid Weight units
Blackoil Std. Liq. volume units
Gas condensate Std. Gas volume units
Optional entries:
Example:
DPDT NAME=E3, CURVE=1.5E6,7,35/0.5E6,15,40
EXPANDER
This statement is currently available only for steam systems and models the work
generated due to expansion of steam from a high pressure to a lower pressure.
Optional entries:
Example:
EXPANDER NAME=EXP1, DP(BAR)=4,EFFIC=87
GLVALVE
Describes a Gaslift Valve as part of a well LINK. Used with blackoil fluids only. The
properties of the lift gas must be described in the PVT Data Section.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
GLVALVE NAME=GLV1, RATE(CFM)=1.5, DISSOLVE=35
HEATER
Simulates the addition of heat to a fluid. Not available with steam systems.
Mandatory entries:
TOUT()= or Use one of these entries to define the operation of the heater. If you use both,
DUTY()= you must apply the MAX qualifier to one of the entries.
Optional entries:
INJECTION
Describes a device for introducing an injection stream from a SEPARATOR to a point
downstream. Used with blackoil, gas condensate or compositional fluids.
Mandatory entries:
FROM= Identifies the SEPARATOR STREAMID from where the injected stream was
produced.
GAS or Identifies the separator effluent stream which forms the injected stream. If
COND or you want to inject several streams from separators at the same point, use
WATER or multiple INJECTION devices.
LIQUID
Optional entries:
Example:
INJECT FROM=V101, GAS
Note: If the user does not specify either the pressure or temperature for the injected stream, the value from
the separator will be used in the energy balance. If the injection pressure differs from the pressure where the
fluid is injected, the required pressure difference will be calculated.
MODEL= Enter a number to define a user-supplied IPR model to be used. The model number must be
greater than 20 but less than 30.
or
TYPE= Enter the name of the IPR model to be used. The data required depends on the model
selected. Refer to tables below:
Type Description Table
PI Productivity Index Table 4-35
VOGEL Vogel Table 4-36
GASF Fetkovich Gas Flow Table 4-37
LIT Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent (Jones and Blount) Table 4-38
BABUODEH The Babu-Odeh IPR model for horizontal wells Table 4-40
TABULAR Tabular Data Model Table 4-41
IVAL= Integer data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
IVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...
Refer to tables below for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or may be
truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
RVAL= Real data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
RVAL = label, value/label, value/ ...
Refer to the following tables for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or
may be truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
ARRAY= Array data identified by Labels. These data are input in the format:
Array = label, value1, value2,.../label, value1, value2/ ...
Refer to the following tables for labels and descriptions. Labels may be entered in full or
may be truncated to four characters. Except where stated, these data are all mandatory.
Data specified by the ARRAY keyword represents reservoir decline data.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, MODEL=2, & IVAL=FLOW,2, &
RVAL=QMAX,0.5/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1/QCUM,6, &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ & AQCUM 7.5,6.4,5.3,4.2
Note: A request to shut wells may be made using any of the following criteria within the IPR device:
1 If the local reservoir pressure falls below the abandonment pressure (ABAN)
2 If the well-produced watercut exceeds the maximum watercut (FWMAX) when the blackoil or
condensate fluid models are used, or
3 If the well produced GOR exceeds the maximum GOR (GORMAX).
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/BASIS,5, RVAL=PI,0.5
Note: The Babu-Odeh model does not support automatically generated multi-source well completions.
Table 4-34: Label Requirements for Automatically Generated Multi-Source Well Completions
IVAL Labels for Multi-Source Well Completions
NSEG Number of segments
RVAL Labels for Multi-Source Well Completions
ID Diameter of the tubing adjacent to the producing formation
LENGTH Length of the producing zone
ECHG Elevation change over the producing zone from the foot of the well to the dog-
leg. Defaults to 0.0 (horizontal)
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = PI:
Table 4-35: Label Requirements for the Productivity Index Model
RVAL Labels for Productivity Index Model
PI Productivity index for the entire completion
or
SPI Productivity index per unit of length. Use only with Multi-source well completions
(NSEG > 1)
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=PI, IVAL=FLOW,2/NSEG,5, &
RVAL=PI,0.5/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30/ECHG,5.0
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = VOGEL:
Note: Typically, other values of VOGCON and VOGEXP are used to get a vogel IPR for horizontal wells.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=2, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=QMAX,1000/VOGCON,0.3/VOGEXP,1.1
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = GASF:
Table 4-37: Label Requirements for the Fetkovich Gas Flow Model
RVAL Labels for Gas Flow Model
COEF Coefficient in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
EXP Exponent in the Fetkovich gas deliverability model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=NSEG,1, &
RVAL=COEF,1.4/EXP,0.2
Use the labels below when you have specified TYPE = LIT:
Table 4-38: Label Requirements for the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
RVAL Labels for Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent Model
CLAMINAR Laminar coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent model
CTURBULENT Turbulent coefficient in the Laminar-Inertial-Turbulent model
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, MODEL=4, IVAL=NSEG,5, &
RVAL=CLAMINAR,0.5/CTURBULENT,0.3/ID,5.4/LENGTH,30
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, TYPE=GASF, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,2/NPSEG,3 &
RVAL=COEF,0.5/EXP,0.8/PMAX,5000/PMIN,1000 IPR NAME=IPR1,&
TYPE=LIT, IVAL=BASIS,1/DRAW,3 &
RVAL=CLAMI,0.5/CTURB,0.3/MPCON,3.2
Tabular IPR curves may be specified for a completion by inputting PWF versus QF
(flowrate) for a range of reservoir pressures or cumulative reservoir production.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=TABU,IVAL=BASIS,5, &
RVAL = PRES1,2500 / &
PWF11,1500 / PWF12,1250 / PWF13,1000 / &
QF11,25000 / QF12,30000 / QF13,35000
If cumulative production is a parameter for the tabular IPR curves the following labels
may be used to interpolate the set of curves.
Table 4-42: Additional Label Requirements for the Tabular IPR Model
RVAL Labels for Tabular Data (when Cumulative Production is the Parameter)
QCUM Cumulative total reservoir production at time=0. The default is zero. The units
depend on the fluid type:
Blackoil total oil + water in liquid volume units
Condensate or gas total gas produced in gas volume units
Compositional liquid in liquid volume units
Used only if TQCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QOCUM Cumulative oil produced in liquid volume units at time=0. The default is zero. Used
only if TQOCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QLCUM Cumulative liquid (oil + water) produced in liquid volume units at time=0. Used only
if TQLCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QGCUM Cumulative gas produced in gas volume units at time=0. The default is zero. Used
only if TQGCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
or
QWCUM Cumulative water produced in liquid volume units at time=0. The default is zero.
Used only if TQWCUM is specified in the reservoir declining curve.
se the labels in the following table when you want to use the PIPEPHASE time-stepping
feature.
Table 4-43: Label Requirements for Time-Stepping
ARRAY Labels for Reservoir Data
DECLINERATE P/Z decline rate per unit of production, in pressure per gas volume units. Valid for
gas flow based reservoir decline.
Note: Any difference between a user-specified source pressure and the corresponding reservoir pressure is
maintained during time-stepping. A decline in reservoir pressure (Dp) with each time-step will result in a
corresponding decline in the source pressure. This feature is useful when considering the effect of well
location in the reservoir.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1, GROUP=RES2, ... &
RVAL=QCUM,6/ &
ARRAY=PPRES,5000,4500,4000,3500/ &
AQCUM 4.2,5.3,6.4,7.5,
The following example illustrates the use of two wells utilizing a single reservoir model.
Example:
IPR NAME=IPR1,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,50/ &
PRES1,2700/ PRES2,2500/,PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 100 / GOR2, 120 / GOR3, 150 /&
WCUT1, 20 / WCUT2, 21 / WCUT3, 22 &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
ARRAY= AQCUM, 10000.0, 30000, 60000, 100000/ &
PPRES, 2700, 2500, 2300, 2300, &
GROUP=AAAA IPR NAME=IPR2,TYPE=PI,RVAL=PI,60/ &
IVAL=BASIS,2, &
RVAL= PRES1, 2700 / PRES2, 2500 / PRES3,2300/, &
GOR1, 67 / GOR2, 72 / GOR3, 81 / &
WCUT1, 8.2 / WCUT2, 9.0 / WCUT3, 10.7, &
GROUP=AAAA
PUMP
Describes a single or multi-stage pump.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 4-123
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
PUMP NAME=PMP1, POWER=100, PRESSURE(MAX)=300, EFFICIENCY=90
REGULATOR
Describes a device used to fix the pressure immediately downstream from it if the
upstream pressure is greater.
Note: For source links with source pressure fixed, if the link maximum flowrate is specified on the LINK
statement or the DPMAX is specified in the IPR device in the source link, you must specify a regulator at the
surface with a very high set pressure. There must be at least one flow device downstream of this regulator.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
REGU NAME=R101, PRES(BAR)=2.435
In this example:
SEPARATOR
Describes the equipment used to split some or all of the different phases from a multi-
phase stream. Used with blackoil, gas condensate or compositional fluids.
PIPEPHASE models separators in networks for blackoil, condensate and compositional
fluid models. There are no restrictions on the following types of separators:
1. Gas Separator in a blackoil network
2. Condensate (oil) separator in a gas condensate network
3. Water separators in a gas condensate network
4. Liquid separators in a gas condensate network
Certain restrictions apply for the following configurations:
1. Any phase separator in a compositional network
2. Any component separator in a compositional network
3. Water separators in a blackoil network
For the restricted configurations listed above, the following ruleson the placement of the
separators in the network must be followed in order to provide correct simulation results:
1. The separator(s) may be located in Source pressure specified source link(s).
2. The separator may be located in a Sink rate specified sink link (spur sink link).
3. The separator is located in a spur link.
4. The separator may be anywhere in a network if there are no spur links in the net-
work.
The separator in a network must not be located as described below:
1. Separators must not be located in a non-spur junction to junction link (internal
link) when the network has spur links.
2. Separator must not be located in a rate specified source link, where the network has
spur links.
To enable the modeling of networks with separators, in configurations which are not
supported currently, a workaround may be available. The basic idea is to re-configure
the problem through the judicious choice of sub-network configurations as described
below.
Note: You can operate on more than one phase on a single statement. With the blackoil model, the
separator can be used to specify either the percentage or rate separation of gas, or water through use of the
qualifiers (GAS,WATER). When rates are specified you can also specify the units for the volumetric flow of
gas or water.
Optional entries:
BEND
The BEND statement may be used to describe any type of bend, for example standard
elbows, mitre bends, pipe bends and flanged or butt-welded elbows. A BEND may be
standard or nonstandard.
Mandatory entries:
ID()= or Inside diameter of the bend pipe in short length units. Nominal diameter (in
NOMD= inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient.
KMUL= If you enter KMUL, PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by
multiplying the calculated friction factor by KMUL. If additional
information is supplied, such as the angle, this data will be ignored.
If you enter K for a nonstandard bend, you must enter the value for a 90o
bend and PIPEPHASE will calculate the resistance coefficient for the whole
bend. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the following table:
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
STANDARD or Type of bend. Use STANDARD to specify a standard mitre bend or elbow;
NONSTANDARD NONSTANDARD for any other kind of bend.
RADIUS()= Radius of curvature of the bend in short length units. This entry is mandatory
for a NONSTANDARD bend and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
ANGLE()= Angle of the bend. This entry is mandatory for a NONSTANDARD bend
and ignored for a STANDARD bend.
Example:
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60
BEND ID=10, KMUL=60, HOMOGENEOUS
BEND ID=10, NONSTANDARD, ANGLE=60, RADIUS=30, KMUL=50
CHECK
Describes a device that allows flow only in the direction defined by the FROM and TO
entries on the LINK statement.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
CHECK NAME=CHK1, ID(IN)=3.25, COEFF=0.91
CHOKE
Describes a device used to restrict fluid flow.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a Fortunati or UEDA choke or valve must be added as part of the link.
PIPEPHASE will adjust the choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to
meet the flow constraint.
Note: The ID64 keyword will allow the user to specify the Choke diameter in terms of 64ths of an inch
which is the common and typical approach in the field. This option is available for all the chokes. However
for Case Study, Optimization, etc. data sections, the diameter variable must be referenced as ID. ID64 is
used only for input and the variable is merged with ID for all subsequent processing.
At least one pressure loss device before and after the choke must be present for the GF chokes to work
properly.
Optional entries:
The following keywords are applicable for the Gilbert Family of choke models:
A=() The value of the A coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
table below, Table 4-47. The user can override these values
B=() The value of the B coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
table below, Table 4-47. The user can override these values
C=() The value of the C coefficient. Default values are specified as shown in the
table below, Table 4-47. The user can override these values
CPR=0.55 Critical pressure ratio at the onset of critical flow. The default value is 0.55.
Besides the fluid type, a more general approach for choosing choke models in a network
system are:
Good quality results for critical and subcritical flow (Perkins).
Accurate prediction of the boundary between critical and subcritical flow (Perkins,
Fortunati)
Smooth transition between the two types of flow (Perkins).
The last consideration is important in order to avoid convergence problems during
calculations of the whole system.
Example:
CHOKE NAME=CHOK, ID(MM)=25.4, FN, COEF=1.05
MCHOKE
This choke device allows you to specify the inlet pressure or flowrate through the choke.
PIPEPHASE solves the upstream subnetwork for the specified pressure or flowrate.
Then it solves the downstream sub-network for the same flowrate. Now with the known
inlet and outlet pressure it sizes the choke.
Use MCHOKE to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
Example:
MCHOK NAME=MCH1, PUPS=2300, CPCV=1.45
MREGULATOR
This device introduces a pressure discontinuity into the defined network structure. Other
devices that invoke the same algorithm are MCOMPRESSOR and MCHOKE.
Use MREGULATOR to specify a flow boundary condition for the upstream network.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Example:
MREG NAME=MRE1, QRAT=5600
CONTRACTION
Defines a contraction from a larger to a smaller diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
NOMID= diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
NOMOD= diameter (in inches).
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table,
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used.
If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the contraction. A sudden contraction has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
resistance coefficient.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
HOMOGENEOUS applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=0.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical contraction, you may use this entry to
specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
CONTRACT IDIN=6, IDOUT=4, ANGLE=135, HOMOGEN
ENTRANCE
Describes the entrance into a pipe from a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the downstream pipe in short length units. Nominal
NOMD= downstream pipe diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:
Example:
ENTRANCE IDPIPE=3.068, K=0.3, LAMBDA=1.2
EXIT
Describes the exit from a pipe into a larger volume such as a vessel.
Mandatory entries:
IDPIPE= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
NOMD= pipe diameter (in inches).
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is used.
If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
Example:
EXIT IDPIPE=2.15, K=0.7
EXPANSION
Defines an expansion from a smaller to a larger diameter pipe.
Mandatory entries:
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the inlet pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe
NOMID= diameter (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the outlet pipe in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
NOMOD= diameter (in inches).
Optional entries:
ANGLE()=180 Angle of the expansion. A sudden expansion has a 180 degree angle.
K= Resistance coefficient. If you omit this entry, PIPEPHASE calculates a
resistance coefficient.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
HOMOGENEOUS applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2= The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. If this entry is omitted,
PIPEPHASE calculates a value.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical expansion you may use this entry to
specify how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the
properties of the fluid do not change throughout the link.
COMP Invokes a compressible fluid expansion model. The model is for
homogeneous flow and is suited for situations in which the incompressible
models lead to large pressure rises across expansion. Only valid for
compositional systems.
Example:
EXPANSION IDIN=4, IDOUT=6, ANGLE=135
NOZZLE
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message
Example:
NOZZLE IDPIPE=4.6, IDNOZZLE=3.1
ORIFICE
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
Example:
ORIFICE IDPIPE=10, IDORIFICE=6, THICK, CPCV=1.5
TEE
Defines a tee piece in a pipeline.
IDPIPE()= or Inside diameter of the upstream pipe in short length units. Nominal upstream
NOMD= pipe diameter (in inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
KMUL= PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are 20 (through run) and
60 (through branch).
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, an error
message will be generated by PIPEPHASE. If schedule is not defined, the default schedule 40 is used. If a
match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ROUGHNESS()=0.0018 Pipe inside roughness in short length units. Use the qualifier REL to denote
roughness as a fraction of the pipe inside diameter.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
HOMOGENEOUS applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=1.75 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE. See User-Defined DP Correlations,
p. 4-200, for further information.
NUMBER=1 If you have more than one identical tee, you may use this entry to specify
how many there are in the link. Use this entry only when the properties of the
fluid do not change significantly.
Example:
TEE IDPIPE=12, KMUL=20, ROUGH(REL)=0.0001
VALVE
Defines any type of valve gate valve, globe valve, angle valve, lift check valve, swing
check valve, stop check valve, ball valve, butterfly valve, plug valve, foot valve, etc.
Note: If QMAX is specified in an internal link (flow from junction to junction or junction to sink) where
the link flowrate is unknown, a choke or valve must be added as part of the link. PIPEPHASE will adjust the
choke or valve size automatically as part of the network iterations in order to meet the flow constraint.
IDIN()= or Inside diameter of the pipe in short length units. Nominal inlet pipe diameter
NOMID= (in inches).
IDOUT()= or Inside diameter of the valve in short length units. Nominal outlet pipe
NOMOD= diameter (in inches).
K= or Enter one of these. K is the resistance coefficient. If you enter KMUL,
KMUL= PIPEPHASE calculates the resistance coefficient by multiplying the friction
factor by KMUL. Recommended values of KMUL are given in the
following table.
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
ANGLE=180 Angle of the valve. This entry is used for a ball or gate valve with conical
inlet and outlet.
CHISHOLM or Invokes the Chisholm or Homogeneous two-phase flow model. Only
HOMOGENEOUS applicable if the fluid is two-phase.
LAMBDA=1.0 The first parameter in the Chisholm equation.
C2=1.5 The second parameter in the Chisholm equation. The default is for a gate
valve.
VELCON= Velocity constant. Use this entry to calculate the minimum velocity required
to keep a velocity dependent valve open. Invokes an output warning if the
fluid velocity is not sufficient.
USER= Invokes a user-defined pressure drop method. A FORTRAN subroutine must
be written and linked with PIPEPHASE.
Example:
VALVE NAME=GAT1, IDIN=3.068, IDOUT=3, KMUL=60 $ GLOBE VALVE
VENTURIMETER
The Venturimeter only models the pressure loss up to the throat. If you wish to include the pressure recovery
effect of the Venturimeter outlet, then an EXPANSION device should immediately follow downstream.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
Note: If a nominal diameter is not available for a user-defined schedule in the selected table, then
PIPEPHASE will generate an error message. If the schedule is not defined, then the default schedule 40 is
used. If a match cannot be found, PIPEPHASE will produce an error message.
Example:
VENTURI IDPIPE=12,IDTHROAT=9.5, CPCV=1.45
UNIT
Introduces the section.
Mandatory entries: None.
Optional entries: None.
CALCULATOR
Introduces the Calculator unit operation. Calculator is a versatile utility module offering
much of the calculational power of FORTRAN. As a unit operation module, it may be
placed anywhere in the flowsheet calculation sequence. Using a simple language based
on FORTRAN 77, it computes a result or array of results for printout, for storage in a
stream vector, or for use by other unit modules. Its usefulness is limited only by the
imagination of the user. Typical applications include:
Compute special stream properties for use by when optimizing the flowsheet.
Compute process utility or operating costs for printout, convergence control or opti-
mization.
Compute equipment size and cost, based on calculated unit parameters, for printout
or optimization.
The CALCULATOR has two main sections:
Calculator Setup
and
Calculator Procedure.
The Calculator Setup section retrieves flowsheet variables involved in the calculations,
dimensions certain supplied arrays, defines invariant constants, sequences streams for
DO loop processing, and assigns descriptive labels to elements of the RESULTS vector.
The Calculator Procedure section contains FORTRAN-based statements which perform
calculations.
DIMENSION
Optional statement in the Calculator Setup section of the Calculator unit. The
DIMENSION statement overrides default dimensions to declare the number of elements
in CALCULATOR supplied arrays C, P, V, R, and IX.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
C(index) Constant values defined in the Calculator Setup section. Used only on the right
hand side of assignment statements
P(index) Flowsheet parameters set by DEFINE statements. Used only on the right hand
side of assignment statements.
V(index) A floating- point work array used on either the left or right hand side of
assignment statements. These elements are initialized to a large negative value
and are not available outside the calculator.
R(index) The array of calculator results, used on either side of assignment statements.
This results vector is available to other flowsheet modules external to the
CALCULATOR. These elements are initialized to a large negative value.
IX(index) An array of integer values. The form IX(index) is invalid on a DO statement.
It may be used on either side of assignment statements.
CONSTANT
Mandatory statement only if the code in the Calculator Procedure section references
streams or cycles through a series of sinks, sources, or junctions using a DO loop. The
CONSTANT statement allows initialization of numerical values that remain unchanged
by any calculations in the procedure section. Note that integer values are converted to
floating-point numbers. All these constants are stored in array C. The number of
elements in this array may be defined on the DIMENSION statement. Elements not
defined on the CONSTANT statement have large negative values.
i, j These positive integers denote the beginning and ending element index in the
CONSTANT array.
value The value stored in elements i through j of array C.
Integer values are stored as floating-point numbers.
Note: When j is given, all elements of array C between i and j assume the specified value. If j
is omitted, the single element specified by i is used. When i is missing, the next available element takes
the specified value.
DEFINE
Optional statement. DEFINE allows retrieval of device or source/sink/junction values
from the flowsheet, and stores them as elements of the P array. Each DEFINE
statement initializes a single element. The number of elements in the P array may be
defined on the DIMENSION statement.
Mandatory entries: DEFINE P(i) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=<CClass>, CNAME=<CName>,
VARIABLE=<Variable Name>, {INDEX=<Index No>}
CCLASS = This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for
<CClass> are listed in Table 4-56a in CASE STUDY Data Category of
Input starting on p. 157.
CNAME = This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
VARIABLE = This refers the Parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name>
are listed in Table 4-56a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input
starting on p. 157.
INDEX = This refers the Array element index for Array variables (Component
Mol Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
Example:
DEFINE P(1) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="Temperature"
DEFINE P(3) AS SIMU=SIMU, CCLASS=SOURCE, CNAME=S001, VARIABLE="XLFEED(M)",*
INDEX=1
RESULT
Optional statement. The RESULT statement allows the user to supply descriptive labels
for each CALCULATOR result.
i, text/... Descriptive label for each calculator result. Labels may consist of up to
12 characters of text, but must not contain the characters = , ( ) * or &.
Embedded blanks are acceptable.
Example:
RESULT 1, RELATIVE MB
PROCEDURE
The PROCEDURE statement is required.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
FORTRAN Statements
Optional statements. You may supply any number of the following FORTRAN-like
statements between the required PROCEDURE and RETURN statements. Each
statement contains a maximum of 80 characters. An ampersand (&) at the end of a line
indicates continuation on the following line. Note that an asterisk ( * ) is not valid as a
continuation marker, since it signifies multiplication.
All lines of code except the PROCEDURE statement may be preceded by a unique
numeric label from 1 to 99999 (shown as nn in this manual). The dollar sign ($)
causes all following data on the remainder of the line to be interpreted as a comment
rather than as code.
Note: Unlike FORTRAN, a C in column one does not designate a comment statement.
Statement Description
{DIMENSION var( ), var( ), ...} The DIMENSION statement is used to define one or two-dimensional
arrays. Each subscript may be an integer constant, or two integer
constants separated by a colon to specify both the lower and upper
array bounds.
{INTEGER var, var, ...} Defines integer variables.
{REAL var, var, ...} Defines real variables.
Example:
DIMENSION A(20,20), B(20), X(20)
REAL MASS
INTEGER COUNT, TAB(100)
Five real values are to be specified for the revenue (REVENU), profit (PROFIT), and
loss (LOSS) arrays corresponding to the years 2006 through 2010. The integer constants
2006 and 2010 are used (separated by commas) to denote the array bounds.
Example:
REAL REVENU(2006:2010), PROFIT(2006:2010), LOSS(2006:2010)
Expressions
{nn var = expression} The expression is governed by standard FORTRAN conventions. The
symbols for mathematical operations are given in Table 4-50 below.
Note: The CALCULATOR-supplied arrays C and P may not appear on the left side of an assignment
statement.
RETURN
The RETURN statement is required.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
HYDRATES
Introduces the Hydrates unit operation, which predicts the pressure and temperature
regime in which the fluid at a node (source, sink, or junction) is vulnerable to hydrate
formation. Different ranges of temperature and pressure can be examined. Calculations
assume the presence of free water for hydrates to form.
The effect of NaCl, methanol, ethylene glycol, di-ethylene glycol and tri-ethylene glycol
hydrate inhibitors can also be studied.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
STREAM= Name of the node SOURCE, SINK or JUNCTION at which the fluid is to be
investigated.
INHIBITOR(type)= Weight percent concentration of inhibitor. If you omit this entry, noinhibitor
calculations are performed. Use the qualifier to define the type of inhibitor.
Allowable types are: NACL or SALT sodium chloride METH or MEOH
methanol EG ethylene glycol DEG di-ethylene glycol TEG tri-ethylene
glycol
Example:
UNIT OPERATIONS
HYDRATES NAME=HYD1
EVALUATE STREAM=SNK3, IPRES=50, MAXPR=500, DP=10,&
INHIB(EG)=12
EVALUATE STREAM=JCT1, ITEMP=200, MAXTEMP=2000, POINTS=20
Overview
There are four options for gaslift calculations:
1. Pressure profiles for fixed oil production rate and lift gas rate.
2. Oil production versus lift gas injection rate.
3. Location of gas injection valve to match desired tubing head (production string)
pressure.
4. Location of gas injection valve to match desired casing head (injection string) pres-
sure.
All gaslift options have several common factors:
Production fluid is restricted to blackoil.
PVT data sets must be provided for the blackoil and lift gas.
The blackoil is described as the SOURCE fluid. Well IPR data are provided in the
form of PI or Vogel coefficients. For options 1 and 2 only, well test data (on the
WTEST statement) may be used to calculate the IPR.
The SINK statement is used to provide the tubing (oil production) wellhead pres-
sure.
The production string LINK must be named PROD. This link may include surface
and some types of equipment as well as tubing for all options except Option 4 which
is restricted to tubing only.
Applicable pressure drop methods should be selected for the oil and lift gas flow
devices.
The lift gas injection string LINK must be named GASL. This link must consist of
only annuli, corresponding to the well casing. No other types of flow or point
devices are allowed. The lift gas is always injected down the casing, enters the tub-
ing at the specified valve location and then flows up the tubing with the reservoir oil
and gas.
For all options, the lift gas rates are user-specified.
GASLIFT
Introduces the section.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
PCALC
Statement used for Gaslift Option 1 only.
Optional entries:
DISSOLVE= 100 Percent of soluble lift gas which dissolves in the well fluid, if conditions
permit.
Example:
PCALC PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISSOLVE=0, DEPTH=5900, RATE=1.0
CAPACITY
Statement used for Gaslift Option 2 only.
Mandatory entries:
Optional entries:
DISSOLVE= 100 Percent of soluble lift gas which dissolves in the well fluid, if conditions
permit.
Example:
CAPACITY PRES=950, TEMP=100, DISS=0, DEPTH=5100, &
RATE=0.001/0.2/0.4/0.6/0.8/1.0/2.0/3.0/4.0
LOCATION
Statement used for Gaslift Options 3 and 4.
Mandatory entries:
DISSOLVE= 100 Percent of soluble lift gas which dissolves in the well fluid, if conditions
permit.
ID()= Orifice inside diameters, in short length units, corresponding to the gas-lift
injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number,valve ID/valve number, valve ID/...
Inside diameters of missing valves default to the previous value.
IDTUBING()= Inside diameters of tubing above Gaslift valves, in short length units,
corresponding to the gas-lift injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number,tubing ID/valve number, tubing ID/...
Inside diameters of missing tubings default to the previous value.
COEFFICIENT= Orifice coefficients corresponding to the gas-lift injection valves. Format is:
ID=valve number, coefficient/valve number, coeff./...
Coefficients of missing tubings default to the previous value.
Example:
LOCATION PRES=750, TEMP=60, DISSOLVE=100, RATE=0.185, &
DEPTH=5500/5000/4500/4000/3000/2500/2000
LOCATION PRES=600, TEMP=80, RATE=0.4, &
DEPTH=10000/9500/9000/8500/8000/7500/7000/6500/6000, &
ID=0.125/6,0.25, IDTU=2.441/6,3.548, COEF=0.9/6,0.83
SIZING
Introduces the category. This category is used for sizing pipes and tubing.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
DEVICE
Identifies which pipe and tubing devices are to be sized.
Mandatory entries:
NAME=name,name,... Enter the name(s) of the device(s) that you want sized. If you want all
devices to be sized, enter:
NAME=ALL
Example:
DEVICE NAME=PIP1, LIN2, PIP3
LINE
Optional statement. Defines the line sizes that are to be used by PIPEPHASE in
determining a diameter which satisfies the sizing criteria. If this statement is omitted,
standard API Schedule 40 inside diameters are used. These are (in inches):
1.049 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 3.548 4.026 5.074 6.065
7.981 10.020 11.938 13.124 15.000 16.876 18.814 22.626
ID()=value,value,... Enter the inside diameters to be tried in short length units. Entries must be in
or ascending order.
NOMD=value,value... Enter the nominal sizes to be tried in inches. Entries must be in ascending
order. Default SCHEDULE is used to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is
not in the SCHEDULE list, it is ignored.
Example:
LINE ID(MM)=26, 30, 35, 40
MAXV
Optional statement. Enter the maximum velocity criteria. If this statement is omitted,
PIPEPHASE will use the erosional maximum velocity criteria, VEM.
100
V EM = --------------------------------------
-
TwoPhaseSlip
ERVELC= or Enter the erosional velocity constant to replace 100 in the above erosional
velocity equation.
VELOCITY()= Enter a set of maximum velocities corresponding to a set of inside diameters
or densities.
ID()= or Enter a set of inside diameters or two-phase slip densities corresponding to
DENSITY()= or the set of maximum velocities. Entries should be in ascending order. ID is in
NOMD= short length units. NOMD is in inches and the default SCHEDULE is used
to get corresponding ID. If the NOMD is not in the SCHEDULE list, it is
ignored.
Example:
MAXV VELOCITY=20,300,22,19,18, ID=2,5.5,10,15,25
Note: This category is also used to determine the length of time between steps. Shorter time steps are more
accurate than longer time steps
TIMESTEPPING
Introduces the category. This category is evaluate effects of changes in reservoir
conditions.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
CHANGE
Mandatory statement. On each CHANGE statement enter the changes to be made to one
device and the times at which the changes are to be effected. More than one change
statement may be used. If you do not want to change a device but simply want to
examine the effect of declining reservoir conditions with an unchanging network, simply
enter one CHANGE statement with a series of times.
CCLASS= This refers the CCLASS of the Device. All the valid entries for <CClass> are
listed in Table 4-56a in CASE STUDY Data Category of Input starting on
p. 157.
TIMESTEPPING
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=PIP1, VARIABLE=PIPE ID, TIME=10, 20, 30,*
VALUE=4.0, 3.5, 3.0
CHANGE CCLASS=SOUR, CNAME=FEED, VARIABLE=PRESSURE, SETCALC=C1.CLC,*
TIME=10,30, VALUE=0001,0001
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GNETWORK, VARIABLE=PIPE ID, TIME=20, 40, VALUE=2,3
CHANGE CCLASS=PIPE, CNAME=GLINK, LINK=L001, VARIABLE=PIPE LENGTH, TIME=10,30,*
VALUE=10,50
Time-step changes will be taken as follows for this example:
TIME=10, 20, 30, 40 days
DESCRIPTION
Optional statement. Allows you to enter a description of the simulation. You are
restricted to one DESCRIPTION statement per case study. The information on this
statement is printed once at the start of the case study output.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: Text string of up to 60 characters.
Example:
DESC Change pipeline ID to 3 inches
RESTORE
By default, each new case study uses the solution from the previous case as the initial
guess. Use this keyword to restore the original solution as the initial guess. Case study
changes are cumulative, but the restore option will reset device and node data back to the
base case values. Changes to compositions and some simulation data such as viscosity
data are not included in this logic and must be restored manually.
PARAMETER
This PARAMETER statement allows changes to be made to parameters on a node and/or
device. You may have as many PARAMETER statements as desired. The devices and
parameters that can be changed are listed in Table 4-56a.
CCLASS= This refers the CCLASS of the device. All the valid entries for <CClass>
are listed in Table 4-56a
CNAME= This refers the Name of the NODE or LINK or DEVICE or PVT.
Use GFROM and GNETWORK to make GLOBAL changes in the network.
Use GLINK along with LINK = <Link Name> to make GLOBAL changes
in a particular Link <Link Name>.
LINK = Indicates that variable changes to be made for all devices in the link <Link
Name>. This is used along CNAME = GLINK option.
VARIABLE= This refers the parameter. All the valid entries for <Variable Name> are
listed in Table 4-56a.
INDEX= This refer the Array Element Index for Array variables (Component Mol
Fractions, DPDT Curves, etc.)
SETCALC = Name of Calculator to retrieve data from.
VALUE= The new value to which you want the parameter changed.
Sources
Table 4-56a: SOURCE (CCLASS = SOURCE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
Fluid Type = Compositional
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X X
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X X
RATE(LV) Standard Liquid Volume Flow Rate X X
RATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate X X
ERATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(LV) Std Liquid Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X X
PRESSURE Pressure X X
EPRESSURE Pressure Estimate X X
GAS VISC Gas Viscosity X
OIL VISC Oil Viscosity X
WAT VISC Water Viscosity X
GAS FRACTION Gas Fraction X
LIQ FRACTION Liquid Fraction X
GAS MW Gas Molecular Weight X
OIL MW Oil Molecular Weight X
WAT MW Water Molecular Weight X
AVG MW Average Molecular Weight X
TOTAL ENTH Total Enthalpy X
GAS DENSITY Gas Density X
OIL DENSITY Oil Density X
WAT DENSITY Water Density X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
GHV Gross Heating Value X
GRATE WT S Gas Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 4-159
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
GL RTE GV S Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE WT S Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE WT S Oil Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE WT S Water Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE GV S Gas Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE LV S Oil Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE LV S Water Volulme Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE WT A Gas Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
ORATE WT A Oil Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
WRATE WT A Water Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GRATE GV A Gas Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
ORATE LV A Oil Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
WRATE LV A Water Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
RATE WT S Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GL RTE GV A Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Actual Conditions X
GL RTE WT A Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Actual Conditions X
NODE GLGRAV Gas Lift Gravity X
NODE GLDENS Gas Lift Density X
GAS MW S Gas Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
OIL MW S Oil Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
WAT MW S Water Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
AVG MW S AVG Molecular Weight @ Std Conditions X
Sinks
Table 4-56b: SINK (CCLASS = SINK) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization & Calculator
Variables
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
Fluid Type = Compositional
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X X
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X X
RATE(LV) Standard Liquid Volume Flow Rate X X
RATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate X X
ERATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(LV) Std Liquid Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
ERATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate Estimate X X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X
PRESSURE Pressure X X
EPRESSURE Pressure Estimate X X
GAS VISC Gas Viscosity X
OIL VISC Oil Viscosity X
WAT VISC Water Viscosity X
GAS FRACTION Gas Fraction X
LIQ FRACTION Liquid Fraction X
GAS MW Gas Molecular Weight X
OIL MW Oil Molecular Weight X
WAT MW Water Molecular Weight X
AVG MW Average Molecular Weight X
TOTAL ENTH Total Enthalpy X
GAS DENSITY Gas Density X
OIL DENSITY Oil Density X
WAT DENSITY Water Density X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
GHV Gross Heating Value X
GRATE WT S Gas Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE GV S Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE WT S Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE WT S Oil Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE WT S Water Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE GV S Gas Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
Junctions
Table 4-56c: JUNCTION (CCLASS = JUNCTION) Case Study, Time stepping, Optimization &
Calculator Variables
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
Fluid Type = Compositional
RATE(M) Molar Flow Rate X
RATE(WT) Weight Flow Rate X
RATE(LV) Standard Liquid Volume Flow Rate X
RATE(GV) Standard Gas Volume Flow Rate X
TEMPERATURE Temperature X
PRESSURE Pressure X
EPRESSURE Pressure Estimate X X
GAS VISC Gas Viscosity X
OIL VISC Oil Viscosity X
WAT VISC Water Viscosity X
GAS FRACTION Gas Fraction X
LIQ FRACTION Liquid Fraction X
GAS MW Gas Molecular Weight X
OIL MW Oil Molecular Weight X
WAT MW Water Molecular Weight X
AVG MW Average Molecular Weight X
TOTAL ENTH Total Enthalpy X
GAS DENSITY Gas Density X
OIL DENSITY Oil Density X
WAT DENSITY Water Density X
XLFEED(M) Component Mole Fractions X
XLFEED(WT) Component Weight Fractions X
WOBBE Wobbe Index X
GHV Gross Heating Value X
GRATE WT S Gas Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE GV S Gas Lift Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
GL RTE WT S Gas Lift Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE WT S Oil Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE WT S Water Weight Rate @ Std Conditions X
GRATE GV S Gas Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
ORATE LV S Oil Volume Rate @ Std Conditions X
WRATE LV S Water Volulme Rate @ Std Conditions X
Pumps
Table 4-56h: PUMP (CCLASS = PUMP), ESP (CCLASS = ESP PUMP) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Decision Constraint Define
SET POWER Power X X
SET PRESSURE Pressure X X
MAX POWER Maximum Power X X
MAX PRESSURE Maximum Pressure X X
STAGES Number of Stages X X
MEAS LENGTH Set Meas Wireline Depth to Pump Btm X X
VERT DEPTH Set Vert Depth to Pump Btm X X
PUMP EFF Pump Efficiency X X
RPM RPM X X
MAX RPM Maximum RPM X X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
REQ POWER Required Power X
PUMP DP Pressure Change X
CTVD(TO TOP) Vertical Depth to Pump Top X
CTVD(DEPTH) Vertical Depth to Pump Btm X
CMWD(TO TOP) Measured Wireline Depth to Pump Top X
CMWD(LENGTH) Measured Wireline Depth to Pump Btm X
DEPTH CHANGE Pump Vertical Elevation Change X
PINTAKE Pump Intake Pressure X
FLD OVER PMP Submergence Depth (Fluid Over Pump) X X
CSG HEAD PRE Casing Head Pressure X X
GAS INGESTED Gas ingested by Pump X X
Cooler
Table 4-56j: COOLER (CCLASS = COOL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
SET DUTY Duty X X
MAX DUTY Maximum Duty X X
SET TEMP OUT Set Outlet Temperature X X
MIN TEMP OUT Minimum Outlet X X
Temperature
COOLER DP Pressure Change X X
COEF Pressure Drop X X
Correlation Coefficient
EXP Pressure Drop X X
Correlation Exponent
REQ DUTY Required Duty X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
Gaslift Valves
Table 4-56l: GAS LIFT VALVE (CCLASS = GAVL) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
GV RATE Lift Gas Rate X X
DISSOLVE Soluble Dissolved Lift Gas (vol basis) X X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
Chokes
Table 4-56m: CHOKE (CCLASS = CHOK) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
CHOKE ID Inside Diameter X X
SET PRES OUT Set Outlet Pressure X X
SET PRES IN Set Inlet Pressure X X
Separators
Table 4-56n: SEPARATOR (CCLASS = SEPA) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
Fluid Type: Compositional
SET GAS RATE Set Gas Rate X X
SET OIL RATE Set Oil Rate X X
SET H2O RATE Set Water Rate X X
GAS PERCENT Gas Percent X X
OIL PERCENT Oil Percent X X
H2O PERCENT Water Percent X X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
GAS RATE Removed Gas GV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
LIQ RATE Removed Liquid LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
OIL RATE Removed Oil LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
H2O RATE Removed Water LV Rate @ Act Conditions X X
GAS RATE(WT) Calculated Gas Mass Rate Removed X X
OIL RATE(WT) Calculated Oil Mass Rate Removed X X
H2O RATE(WT) Calculated Water Mass Rate Removed X X
Regulators
Table 4-56o: REGULATOR (CCLASS = REGU) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
REG PRESSURE Set Outlet Pressure X X
REG PSUCTION Set Inlet Pressure X X
REG RATE(WT) Total Weight Flow Rate X X
REG RATE(LV) Total Liquid Flow Rate X X
Expanders
Table 4-56p: EXPANDER (CCLASS = EXPAND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
Valves
Table 4-56q: VALVE (CCLASS = VALV) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
VALVE DP Pressure Change X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
VALVE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
VALVE ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
VALVE K Resistance Coefficient X X
VALVE KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
VALVE ANGLE Angle X X
DPDT Device
Table 4-56s: DPDT Device (CCLASS = DPDT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
DP IN DPDT Pressure Difference X
DT IN DPDT Temperature Difference X
Q CV PT VAL Flowrates for Curve 1 X X
DP CV PT VAL Pressure Differences for Curve 1 X X
DT CV PT VAL Temperature Differences for Curve 1 X X
Q CV2 PT VL Flowrates for Curve 2 X X
DP CV2 PT VL Pressure Differences for Curve 2 X X
DT CV2 PT VL Temperature Differences for Curve 2 X X
Q CV3 PT VL Flowrates for Curve 3 X X
DP CV3 PT VL Pressure Differences for Curve 3 X X
DT CV3 PT VL Temperature Differences for Curve 3 X X
Q CV4 PT VL Flowrates for Curve 4 X X
DP CV4 PT VL Pressure Differences for Curve 4 X X
DT CV4 PT VL Temperature Differences for Curve 4 X X
Q CV5 PT VL Flowrates for Curve 5 X X
DP CV5 PT VL Pressure Differences for Curve 5 X X
DT CV5 PT VL Temperature Differences for Curve 5 X X
Bend
Table 4-56u: BEND (CCLASS = BEND) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
BEND ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
BEND ROVERD Radius/Diameter Ratio X X
BEND ANGLE Angle X X
BEND K Resistance Coefficient X X
BEND KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
ROUGHNESS Absolute Wall Roughness X X
REL ROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X
Check Valve
Table 4-56v: CHECK VALVE (CCLASS = CHEC) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
CHECK ID Check Diameter X X
COEF Discharge Coefficient X X
CHECK DP Pressure Change X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
Entrance
Table 4-56x: ENTRANCE (CCLASS = ENTR) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
ENTR ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
ENTR K Resistance Coefficient X X
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
CHISOLM C2 Chisolm C2 Coef X X
Exit
Table 4-56y: EXIT (CCLASS = EXIT) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Decision Constraint Define
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
EXIT ID OUT Inside Diameter at Outlet X X
EXIT K Resistance Coefficient X X
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
CHISOLM C2 Chisolm C2 Coef X X
Nozzle
Table 4-56aa: EXPANSION (CCLASS = EXPANS) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, &
Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
NOZZLE ID Nozzle Diameter X X
NOZZLE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
NOZZLE K Resistance Coefficient X X
NOZZLE CPCV Specific Heat Ratio X X
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
CHISOLM C2 Chisolm C2 Coef X X
Tee
Table 4-56ac: TEE (CCLASS = TEE) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator
Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OUTLET TEMP Outlet Temperature X
OUTLET PRES Outlet Pressure X
TEE ID IN Inside Diameter at Inlet X X
TEE K Resistance Coefficient X X
TEE KMUL K-Value Multiplier X X
ROUGHNESS Absolute Wall Roughness X X
REL ROUGHNESS Relative Wall Roughness X X
CHISOLM LAMB Chisolm Lambda Coef X X
CHISOLM C2 Chisolm C2 Coef X X
Calculator Unit
Table 4-56ae: CALCULATOR UNIT (CCLASS = CALCULATOR) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
R(0001) Calculator Result R1 X X
R(0002) Calculator Result R2 X X
R(0003) Calculator Result R3 X X
R(0004) Calculator Result R4 X X
R(0005) Calculator Result R5 X X
R(0006) Calculator Result R6 X X
R(0007) Calculator Result R7 X X
R(0008) Calculator Result R8 X X
Optimization
Table 4-56af: OPTIMIZATION (CCLASS = OPTIMIZATION) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OBJ FUNC Value of Objective Function X
BEST OBJ FNC Best Value for Objective Function X
ITERATION Maximum Number of Iterations X X
DEFPERT Default Relative Perturbation X X
OBJTOL Minimum Relative Change in X X
Objective
VARTOL Minimum Relative Change in X X
Decision Var
DEF ERR TOL Default Error Tolerance X X
DAMPING Number of Cycles with Damping X X
DFACTOR Variable Damping Denominator X X
Constraint Variable
Table 4-56ah: CONSTRAINT VARIABLE (CCLASS = CONSTRAINT) Case Study, Time
Stepping, Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
VALUE Current Value of Constraint X
ACTIVE Status of Constraint Variable X X
TIME Time for Constraint Change X X
ALOWER Absolute Lower Limit X X
AUPPER Absolute Upper Limit X X
RLOWER Relative Lower Limit X X
RUPPER Relative Upper Limit X X
MLOWER Mechanical Lower Limit X X
MUPPER Mechanical Upper Limit X X
ERROR Relative Error of Constraint X
SHADOW PRICE Shadow Price X
Decision Variable
Table 4-56ai: DECISION VARIABLE (CCLASS = DECISION) Case Study, Time Stepping,
Optimization, & Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
VALUE Current Value of Decision Variable X
ACTIVE Status of Decision Variable X X
PERT Relative Perturbation X X
Network Data
Table 4-56ak: NETWORK DATA (CCLASS = NETW) Case Study, Time Stepping, Optimization,
& Calculator Variables:
Available as a
Variable Variable Parameter Objective
Description Change Constraint
Decision Define
OBJ FUNC Objective Function X
BEST OBJ FNC Best Objective Function X
PROD TIME Production Time X X
CUM PROD Cumulative Production X
PDAMP Pressure Damping X X
QDAMP Flowrate Damping X X
HALVING Interval Damping X X
MAXITER Maximum Number of Iterations X X
PRES TOLER Pressure Tolerance X X
SCALE FACTOR Scale Factor X X
MAX VEL GAS Maximum Gas Velocity X
MAX VEL LIQ Maximum Liquid Velocity X
MAX VSG Maximum Superficial Gas Velocity X
MAX VSL Maximum Superficial Liquid X
Velocity
MAX MIX VEL Maximum Mixture Velocity X
MAX HL Maximum Liquid Holdup X
MIN VEL GAS Minimum Gas Velocity X
Note: Before using this data section please read Nodal Analysis, p. 3-47. In the base case, both SOURCE
and SINK pressures must be supplied and the SOURCE RATE must be estimated.
SENSITIVITY
Introduces the category.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries: None
NODE
Mandatory statement. Defines the Solution Node.
NAME= or Enter the name of the node between the Inflow and Outflow sections of the
BOTTOMHOLE or link. If this is the name of a device, the Solution Node is at the inlet of that
SINK device. Alternatively, use BOTTOMHOLE to place the Solution Node at the
flowing bottomhole of an injection well. Use SINK to locate the Solution
Node at the outlet of the last device, in which case the sink pressure can be
used as a Sensitivity Parameter.
Example:
NODE NAME=TUB1
DESCRIPTION
Optional statements. Allow you to enter descriptions of the inflow and outflow
sensitivity analysis parameters. You need separate DESCRIPTION statements for Inflow
and Outflow.
Mandatory entries: None
Optional entries:
Example:
DESC INFLOW=RP2500, RP3000, RP3500
DESC OUTFLOW=ID2.0, ID2.5, ID3.0
INFLOW
Optional statement. Enter the details of the Inflow parameter and the values you wish to
use in the sensitivity analysis. You must supply either INFLOW or OUTFLOW or both.
The parameters that are accessible to the Sensitivity Analysis are divided into seven
categories, as defined in the table below. If you want to define a sensitivity parameter as
a group of variables, you may combine up to ten variables within one Category. You
may not combine variables in different categories.
Category 2: Sink
Category 3: Devices
NAME= Name of the Device. This is the name that appears on the statement in the base
case. To be available to Sensitivity Analysis, the Device must be given a unique
name in the base case. The NAME entry on this statement must immediately
precede the data entries for the corresponding Device.
IDANNULUS()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for an ANNULUS, separated by commas.
ODTUBING()= You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to
ROUGHNESS()= the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
U()=
FLOWEFF=
COEFFICIENT= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a CHOKE, separated by commas. You
ID()= may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
PENETRATION()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a COMPLETION, separated by
PERFD()= commas. You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
SHOTS()= Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
TUNNEL()=
DP()= Enter up to five values of parameter(s) for a HEATER or COOLER, separated by
DUTY()= commas. You may not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement.
TOUT()= Refer to the Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
GOR()= Enter up to five values of PVT parameter(s), separated by commas. You may
WCUT= not use qualifiers other than to change units of measurement. Refer to the
CGR()= Structure Data Category of input for explanations of the keywords.
WGR()=
QUALITY=
COMB=MULTI This multiple combination option calculates all possible combinations of up to
five specified inflow and/or outflow parameters and performs a sensitivity
analysis on all combinations.
Example:
INFLOW NAME=PMP1, PRES=250,260,270,280,290
FLOW
Mandatory statement. Defines the flowrates for which the Sensitivity Analysis is to be
performed.
Mandatory entries:
Sensitivity Examples:
SENSITIVITY
NODE SINK
DESC INFLOW=RESP2500,RESP2400,RESP2300,RESP2200,RESP2100
INFLOW NAME=RES, PRES=2500,2400,2300,2200,2100
DESC OUTFLOW=SINK500,SINK400,SINK300,SINK200
OUTFLOW NAME=SNK1, PRES=500,400,300,200
FLOW RATE=1000,2000,3000,4000,5000,5000,7000,8000
In this example, the reservoir pressure is the inflow parameter and the sink pressure is
the outflow parameter. In order to use the sink pressure, the Solution Node is defined as
SINK rather than NAME=SNK1.
SENSITIVITY
NODE NAME=SNK
INFLOW NAME=HTR1, DUTY=0,100,150, &
NAME=PIP1, U=0.025,0.05,1.5, &
NAME=PIP2, U=0.03,0.05,1.5
FLOW RATE=10000,12000,14000,16000,18000,20000
This example has an inflow parameter but no outflow. The inflow parameter is made up
of three variables - the heater duty and the heat transfer coefficients of the two pipes.
PSPLIT
Introduces the category.
TABLE
Mandatory statement. Defines the table for the user defined phase split.
Mandatory entries:
LIQP= Up to 10 liquid weight percent values for the stream entering the junction,
separated by the slash (/) character.
GASR= Up to 10 values for gas Reynolds Number for the stream entering the
junction, separated by the slash (/) character.
GASP= Up to 10 sets of up to 10 gas weight percent values for the stream leaving the
junction and entering the outflowing link which has the smaller pipe inside
diameter for the first pipe in the link. The remainder of the flow goes into the
other link.
Each set must have the same number of entries, separated by commas, as the
number of LIQP values entered. There must be the same number of sets,
separated by the slash (/) character, as the number of GASR values entered.
Example:
TABLE LIQP=10/20/30/40/50, GASR=10000,20000, &
GASP=88,78,67,57,46/ 87,77,66,56,46
FORTRAN Standards
FORTRAN 77 coding standards should be observed to avoid any possible conflicts with
the PIPEPHASE program, which is written according to these standards.
Standard calls are provided to the PIPEPHASE Moody friction factor function and the
PIPEPHASE compositional equilibrium flash subroutine. The latter may be used to
determine physical, transport and thermodynamic properties for compositional fluids, as
well as the phase splits for these fluids. No user access is provided to the non-
compositional fluid property routines used in PIPEPHASE.
Standard naming conventions must be used for the user-written pressure drop
correlations. All transfer of information between these subroutines and PIPEPHASE is
accomplished through the subroutine argument lists.
The following good coding practices should also be observed when developing user-
defined correlations:
4-200 Input Reference
Local variables should always be initialized, since many operating systems do not
perform this function.
As appropriate, user subroutines should test for calculation error conditions, i.e.,
zero divides, exponent overflows, etc.
User-computed results should be range tested as needed, with calculated results reset
to upper and lower bounds when necessary.
Efficient coding practices should be observed, since the pressure drop subroutines
are called repetitively during the iterative calculations. Inefficient coding will
greatly increase the computing time.
Only one RETURN statement should be used in the subroutine.
No STOP statements should be used in the subroutine. Control must always be
returned to the PIPEPHASE calling routines.
COMMENT lines should be used generously to simplify later analyses of the sub-
routine and to assist SimSci support personnel should assistance be required.
The arguments are described below in Table 4-59. Note that the units given below
always apply, regardless of the DIMENSION statement units used for the problem. The
user-defined DP correlation is called for each calculation segment
Table 4-59: Pressure Drop Subroutine Arguments
Argument Description
PIN Segment Inlet Pressure, psia
TIN Segment Inlet Temperature, F
POUT Estimated Segment Outlet Pressure, psia
TOUT Estimated Segment Outlet Temperature, F
PAVG Segment Average Pressure, psia
TAVG Segment Average Temperature, F
ICOMP Compositional Flag:
0 = Non-compositional
1 = Compositional
IFLU Fluid Type Flag:
0 = Single Phase Oil
1 = Single Phase Gas
2 = Single Phase Liquid
3 = Blackoil
4 = Condensate
5 = Steam or Compositional
IDIR Calculation Direction: -1 = Forward; +1 = Backward
IBOT = 0 when no IPR specified at source
= 1 for producing well with IPR specified at source
= 2 for injection wells
IVH = 1 for vertical devices. The pressure gradient returned is in the vertical
direction for vertical devices. Tubing and annuli are considered vertical
devices.
for horizontal devices. The pressure gradient returned is along the
device. Pipes are considered horizontal devices.
IFLO Flow Direction: +1 = FROM to TO nodes, -1 = TO to FROM nodes
Z Composition of Link, mol fractions, vector of 50
DENO Oil Density, lb/ft3
DENG Gas Density, lb/ft3
DENW Water Density, lb/ft3
DENL Total Liquid Density, lb/ft3
Note that the Z vector is supplied by PIPEPHASE in the calling vector for the user-
defined DP correlation. Various temperatures and pressures are also supplied in the user-
defined DP correlation argument list from PIPEPHASE.
where:
FF = Moody Friction Factor
REYN = Reynolds Number
ROUGH = Pipe Relative Roughness
Examples
Examples of user-defined DP correlations are given in this category. The FORTRAN
code is listed below. Note that these examples were developed for illustrative purposes
and SimSci therefore makes no guarantee as to their accuracy or applicability.
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocks must be included in the order presented.
PARAM.CMN System- wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN Double precision statement
KCONS.CMN Dimensioning statement
USRVIS.CMN User defined viscosity
The variable names /parameters used in USRVIS.CMN file are tabulated below
VISLCON (J) The Jth Constant for user defined Viscosity.
VISLABL (J) The Jth character label (16 characters) to describe VISLCON
VISLMTH Method label (16 characters)
NVISCONS Number of constants specified
The USERVIS.CMN file contains the following lines. This file should never be changed.
PARAMETER (MX_CONS=40)
CHARACTER*16 VISLABL, VISLMTH
COMMON /USRVIS1/VISLCON (MX_CONS), NVISCONS, VISLABL (MX_CONS), VISLMTH
Example Implementation
The following example shows how a user-added viscosity can be implemented in
PIPEPHASE. The FORTRAN code is listed below. Note that this example was
developed for illustrative propose and SimSci therefore makes no guarantee as to its
applicability.
C OUTPUT ARGUMENTS
C VISL - Liquid viscosity, cp
C MANDATED PIPEPHASE INCLUDE FILES
INCLUDE 'PARAM.CMN'
INCLUDE 'PRECIS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'KCONS.CMN'
INCLUDE 'USRVIS.CMN'
User-Defined IPR
The inflow performance relationship (IPR) for a completion zone within a well is a
relationship defining the production rate from the formation as a function of the
drawdown. The drawdown is a measure of the driving force represented by the pressure
differential between the undisturbed reservoir and the flowing well (usually at the sand-
face).
The IPR Model is defined as a type of PIPEPHASE device (other examples: PIPE,
PUMP, COMPLETION). Structurally, an IPR device should be configured downstream
of a pressure-boundary source. It will be the first (or upstream-most) element in a link
representing the connection between the well source and the surface gathering system
(the exception will be an injection sink where it will be the last device before the
downstream sink). Like any other device, an IPR device is a subprogram where the inlet
flow conditions of pressure, temperature and enthalpy, are processed as a function of the
flow rate through the device to calculate the outlet pressure.
The output from the IPR device model are the downstream or outlet conditions of
pressure, temperature and enthalpy. For most IPR devices, where temperature and
enthalpy variations can be ignored, the only relevant output from the IPR model is the
outlet pressure. In certain instances, the value of one or more of the internal process
variables are of significance to the end-user (e.g., breakthrough time from a coning
model). These variables are the secondary output from an IPR device model.
Keyword Input
The keywords required for input to any user-defined model have been described
elsewhere. These keywords are required for two purposes:
To add to the list of in-built variables as needed for a specific IPR; and
Subprogram Structure
A model number is selected from the available slots (numbers 1-20 are reserved for
internal development). The model number will be the basis for the corresponding
subroutine name: IPRnn, where nn represents the model number in I2.2 format (e.g.,
SUBROUTINE IPR06, or SUBROUTINE IPR99). The calling arguments to the
standard IPRnn subroutine will be:
SUBROUTINE IPRnn (P, T, H, WT, QOSTD, QGSTD, QWSTD, IPRERR)
The following input variables are modified through the process of the IPR device from
inlet (upstream) to outlet (downstream) conditions:
P pressure, psia
T temperature, deg F
H enthalpy, Btu/lb
Note that for isenthalpic, isothermal IPR models, the pressure is the only variable that
changes.
The input variables are defined as:
WT mass flowrate, lb/sec
QOSTD oil flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QGSTD gas flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
QWSTD water flowrate at standard conditions, ft3/sec
Note: The mass flowrate is applicable for composition and steam models.
Common Blocks
The following internal common blocks must must be included:
PARAMS.CMN System-wide parameters
PRECIS.CMN Double precision statement
KCONS.CMN Dimensioning statement
PRMIPR.CMN IPR-related parameters
CUNIT.CMN Unit conversions
The following common block will be needed for IPR models that use the pseudo-
pressure function utility:
MFPCMN.CMN - common block for pseudo-pressure utility
The following local character declarations are needed to support the internal utility
modules and data handling facilities:
CHARACTER LABEL *(MXCHAR), IFOUND*1
CHARACTER*(MXCHAR) RLABEL(3), ILABEL(1)
Data Extraction
The input data specific to an IPR defined through the keywords RVAL, IVAL and
ARRAY will be extracted through the following utility modules:
SUBROUTINE RXTRCT (LABEL, NCHAR, IFOUND, RVAL)
for extracting integer values (note that an extract utility will not be provided for ARRAY
data in the initial release).
The variables in the calling arguments are:
LABEL - variable label defined in the keyword input
NCHAR - number of unique identifying characters in the label
IFOUND - character flag (Y/N) indicating whether label was found
RVAL/IVAL - specific real/integer value
The Papatzakos et al. coning model calculates the breakthrough time for coning in a
horizontal well. For a dual cone model, when both gas cap and bottom water drive exist,
it also determines the optimal well placement in terms of the distance to the oil-water
contact in a vertical plane.
SUBROUTINE PAPAT (KCAP, RKH, RKZ, VISO, FVF, DENO, DENW, DENG, RLENG,
THICK, PHI, QO, TBT, OPT)
Example Implementation
The following is an example for a user-added IPR in slot 21 (slot numbers 1-20 reserved
for internal models). This is a simple PI model for an oil producing formation.
SUBROUTINE IPR21 (P,T,H,WT,QOSTD,QGSTD,QWSTD,IPRERR)
C This subprogram determines the flowing well pressure in an oil (or water) well
C from the reservoir pressure and the production rates. For injection wells,it
C computes the pressure in the reservoir from the incoming flowing well pressure.
Real Variables
Table 4-63: Available Real Variables
(Usage: RVAL=LABEL1,X1/LABEL2,X2....)
CLAMINAR laminar flow coefficient in LIT formulation
COEF coefficient of gas deliverability equation
CPSS constant in pseudo steady-state equation
CTURBULENT turbulent flow coefficient in LIT formulation (default=0.0)
CUMVOL cumulative volume produced (default=0.0)
ECHG elevation change
EXP exponent of gas deliverability equation (default=0.5)
FVF liquid formation volume factor
ID diameter of tubular at sand-face through which significant pressure drop occurs (used
when NSEG1)
KX permeability in x-direction
KY permeability in y-direction
KZ permeability in z-direction (vertical permeability)
LENGTH length of horizontal well, or producing zone thickness for vertical wells
MPCONS constant in pseudo-pressure integral (default=2.0)
PDEPTH depth of measurement point (default=sandface)
PMIN minimum pressure limit (also reference) for pseudo-pressure calc.
PMAX maximum pressure limit for pseudo-pressure calculation (default=reservoir pressure)
PI productivity index
PITURB coefficient of turbulent flow term in PI equation (default=0.0)
PRES reservoir pressure
QMAX maximum flowrate or absolute open flow potential (AOFP) in Vogels equation
RESA length (coarse) of reservoir in x-direction (perpendicular to well)
Note: For user defined IPR, each user has the freedom to define his or her own labels and interpret the data
in any way. The RXTRCT and IXTRCT utilities extract the real and integer data by label.
Chapter Contents
About This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Description of Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Input Reprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intermediate Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Solution Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Input Reprint Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Thermodynamic Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Component Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PVT Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Network Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Source Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Structure Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Network Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Case Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sizing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lift Gas Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PVTGEN Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Network Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Inflow Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Solution Output Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Flash Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Separator Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Link Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Node Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Device Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Structure Data Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5-2 Results
Report Options
The PIPEPHASE ASCII output is designed to provide concise information within
80 columns. The main PRINT statement in the General Data Category of input (see the
PRINT statement in Chapter 4, Input Reference) controls the overall level of printout. A
number of printout options are available to enable you to select the amount of
information that you require. For example, if additional information for only some of the
links is required, you need only set the PRINT option on the LINK statements for the
ones you want. If the PRINT option is entered on any link, detail reports will not be
produced for links which do not also have the PRINT option.
If stream property tables are being generated, tables and plots of the properties against
temperature and pressure can be produced by using the PRINT and PLOT options on the
GENERATE statement.
The output is normally produced in the units of measurement you defined globally as
input units. Instead of this output, or in addition to it, you can request an output in a
different set of units using the OUTDIMENSION statement in the General Data
Category of the input.
Description of Reports
The output from a simulation is in three main sections that correspond to the three phases
of the PIPEPHASE simulation run. These are the input check and input data reprint,
intermediate solution history and output, and the final results output. PIPEPHASE will
only continue from one section to the next if no errors are detected. If errors are found,
either in the users input data or during the solution procedure itself, self-explanatory
messages will be printed and the simulation will either terminate or, in the case of a
solution procedure error, PIPEPHASE will try to resolve the problem and continue with
the simulation.
Input Reprint
A reprint of your keyword input data file will always be created showing any syntax
errors you have made. If there are no syntax errors, PIPEPHASE then cross-checks the
data for logic and consistency. By default, it also prints out the full set of input data
which shows all the default values used, as well as the user-supplied data. All, or part, of
this full input data reprint can be suppressed, if desired.
The full input data reprint shows the data for all the data sections in the simulation. All
the possible categories of input are as follows:
A single simulation run cannot include all these data sections. For options, see PRINT,
p. 4-29.
Intermediate Printout
During solution of a network, PIPEPHASE iterates until it converges to within the error
tolerance you set or that is set by default. A summary of any errors or warnings
encountered during that iteration will be produced at the end of each iteration. The ITER
option on the PRINT statement can be used to request additional printout which shows
flowrates and pressures at each iteration of the solution path. This can be particularly
useful if you have inadvertently given conflicting specifications in the problem setup and
the program has failed to resolve the inconsistencies.
If well test data have been specified, the inflow performance coefficient is calculated
before the solution calculations and the report appears in the intermediate output.
Solution Output
The solution output is made up of a number of sections as shown below. These sections
are listed in the order they appear in the output report, although not all simulation modes
will produce all sections (see Chapter 3, Using PIPEPHASE).
Table 5-2: Solution Output
To specify... See...
Flash Report A flash report is produced by default for each node P. 4-29 PRINT
in a compositional run unless property tables are
being used. This report contains the temperature,
pressure, composition, flowrate, and properties for
each phase present at each node. The flash report
can be suppressed by the FLASH=NONE option on
the PRINT statement.
Separator Report A separator report is produced for each separator in P. 4-29 PRINT
a compositional run unless property tables are being
used. This report contains the temperature, pressure,
composition, flowrate, and properties for each
separator product.
5-4 Results
Table 5-2: Solution Output (cont.)
To specify... See...
Link Summary The link summary is produced by default for all P. 4-29 PRINT
PIPEPHASE simulations and shows the flowrates,
pressure, temperature, and holdups for each link in a
tabular format. The flowrates displayed are the
volumetric rates at actual flowing conditions for
each phase. This report can be suppressed by the
SUMM=NEW option on the PRINT statement.
Node Summary The node summary is produced by default and P. 4-29 PRINT
shows the flowrates, pressure, and temperature at
each node in a tabular format. The flowrate is shown
for each phase, but the flow basis depends on the
fluid type. For a single-phase liquid or gas, standard
volumetric rates are shown. If the non-
compositional fluid is steam, weight flowrates and
quality are printed. For a compositional fluid, weight
flowrates and gravity are also given. This report can
be suppressed by the SUMM=NEW option on the
PRINT statement.
Device Summary The device summary is produced by default and P. 4-29 PRINT
summarizes each device (pipe, fitting, or item of
process equipment) in the order in which they were
defined in the link. The table shows the correlation
used, inside diameter, length, elevation change,
liquid holdup and the outlet temperature, pressure
and liquid fraction. The device summary can be
suppressed by the DEVICE=NONE or
SUMM=NEW options on the PRINT statement.
Structure Data The structure data summary is produced by default P. 4-29 PRINT
Summary and contains information for link devices including
length, elevation change and K-factor. This report
can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD option on
the PRINT statement.
Velocity Summary The velocity summary is produced by default and P. 4-29 PRINT
contains link fluid velocity-related information such
as inlet and outlet velocities, critical velocity (see ,
Critical Flow - A Qualitative Description), pressure
gradient and the pressure drop per device. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
Results Summary The results summary is produced by default and P. 4-29 PRINT
contains flow, pressure, temperature and quality
information for device inlet and outlet points. This
report can be suppressed by the SUMM=OLD
option on the PRINT statement.
5-6 Results
Table 5-2: Solution Output (cont.)
To specify... See...
Link Property The PROPERTY=PART or PROPERTY=FULL P. 4-29 PRINT
Detail Report option on the PRINT statement generates a link P. 4-94 LINK
property detail report for every link in the
simulation. The PRINT option on the LINK
statements can be used to restrict the report to
specific links. The report for each link is in several
sections:.
Viscosity and Density Results - This report shows
the viscosity and density at actual flowing
conditions for each phase at each calculation
segment.
Friction and Surface Tension Results - In addition
to the friction factor and surface tension, this report
shows the Reynolds number and the other properties
from which the friction factor is calculated.
Heat Transfer Calculations - This report is
produced only if the PROPERTY=FULL option is
specified on the PRINT statement. The report shows
fluid thermal conductivity and the thermal
resistances for each calculation segment. For
compositional or steam simulations, the phase
enthalpies are also shown. Hydrate formation is
flagged for compositional runs
Slug Report The SLUG option is used to create a Statistical Slug P. 4-29PRINT
Model report. DEVICE=PART or DEVICE=FULL
must be specified on the PRINT statement and the
report is only produced for single link calculations
with two-phase flow at the outlet.
Case Summary This report is produced for all simulations which use
the case study feature. The report summarizes the
node pressures, temperatures and flowrates for each
case study to allow easy comparisons of the cases.
Sensitivity When the sensitivity analysis feature is used, none P. 5-35Nodal Analysis
Analysis of the standard link, node, or device reports are (Sensitivity)
produced. Instead, a special sensitivity analysis
output is generated. It compares the node pressures,
temperatures, and flowrates for each of the specified
inflow and outflow parameters. Results are
presented in tabular and graphical form.
Sphering Report This report is produced for all sphering calculation P. 5-35Nodal Analysis
runs. It shows the pressure, temperature, and (Sensitivity)
flowrate in the zones in front of, and behind, the
sphere as it proceeds along the pipeline. It also
shows the slug delivery time and rate and the time
required for the pipeline to re-establish steady state.
Thermodynamic Data
DATA FOR SET 'SET01'
The following data
section appears at the GRAYSON STREED PURE COMPONENT DATA
Component Data
5-8 Results
In this example, the
first components are COMPONENT NBP CRIT. TEMP. CRIT. PRES. CRIT. VOLM.
F F PSIG BBL/LB-MOL
from the library and --------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 C2 -127.534 90.140 693.648 0.4222
the rest are from an 2 C3 -43.726 206.006 601.652 0.5792
assay. 3 IC4 10.886 274.964 514.358 0.7503
. . . . .
. . . . .
7 NBP 111 111.803 423.164 547.267 0.8123
8 NBP 138 138.274 454.420 518.464 0.8810
9 NBP 163 163.294 483.268 493.027 0.9482
10 NBP 188 188.139 511.305 469.336 1.0173
General Data
This includes all the CALCULATION OPTIONS
dimensional units, RUN TYPE........ NETWORK
FLUID TYPE...... LIQUID
global default values, HEAT BALANCE WILL BE TURNED OFF
flow codes and print DIMENSIONAL UNITS - ENGLISH
options. TEMPERATURE..... DEG F PRESSURE........ PSIG
MOLAR RATE...... MOLE/HR WEIGHT RATE..... LB/HR
LIQUID RATE..... GAL/MIN VAPOR RATE...... MM FT3/HR
COARSE LENGTH... FT FINE LENGTH..... IN
DENSITY/GRAVITY. DEG API VISCOSITY....... CP
DUTY............ MM BTU/HR POWER........... HP
VELOCITY........ FT/SEC
CONDUCTIVITY - INSULATION -
LAYER 1.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 2.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 3.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 4.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
LAYER 5.................. 0.015 BTU/HR-FT-F
FLOW CODES
PIPE FLOW CODE IS HAZEN-WILLIAMS
REYNOLDS NUMBER(LAMINAR)..... 3000.0000
TUBING FLOW CODE IS MOODY
ANNULUS FLOW CODE IS MOODY
BASE CONDITIONS
STANDARD TEMPERATURE....... 60.00 DEG F
STANDARD PRESSURE.......... 0.000 PSIG
PRINT OPTIONS
INPUT........... GENERAL ASSAY COMPONENT
PVT FLOW TABLE METHOD
SOURCE STRUCTURE CASE STUDY
GAS LIFT W ANALYSIS
CONNECT......... FULL
PVTGEN.......... NONE
SUMMARY......... BOTH
DEVICE.......... PART
MAP............. TAITEL-DUKLER-BARNEA
PROPERTY........ FULL
SEGMENTATION OPTIONS
LENGTH CHANGE - HORIZONTAL....... 2000.0 FT
VERTICAL......... 500.0 FT
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEGMENTS....... 50
AUTOSEGMENT OPTION IS ................ ON
TARGET SEGMENT PRESSURE CHANGE........ 2.0000E+01 PSIG
TARGET SEGMENT TEMPERATURE CHANGE..... 5.0000E+00 DEG F
SEGMENT PRESSURE ERROR ............... 2.0000E-01 PSIG
SEGMENT ENTHALPY ERROR ............... 5.0000E-02 BTU/LB
NUMBER OF INTERNAL SEGMENT ITERATIONS. 25
PVT Data
The gravity, viscosity, PVT DATA SUMMARY
and specific heat have 1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
been entered for a
DEFAULT PVT METHODS OPTIONS
non-compositional
run. The default Z FACTOR METHOD.......... STANDING
LIQUID VISCOSITY METHOD.. FOR OIL VAZQUEZ (TUFFP)
options are also FOR WATER BEAL
shown.
CORRELATION SET DATA
5-10 Results
In this example, PVT DATA SUMMARY
property tables have 1 CORRELATION DATA SETS 0 ERRORS 0 WARNINGS
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
NO PSIG DEG F
-- -------- -----------
1 10.000 0.00
2 50.000 30.00
3 90.000 60.00
4 130.000 90.00
5 120.00
6 150.00
7 180.00
8 210.00
9 240.00
10 270.00
11 300.00
12 330.00
13 360.00
14 390.00
15 420.00
16 450.00
TABLES OF THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES WILL BE PRINTED
LIQ DENS
Note: The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.
Network Data
The Solution SOLUTION METHODS/TOLERANCES
Methods/ Tolerances NETWORK SOLUTION METHOD IS PBAL
are shown for network MAXIMUM ITERATIONS..................... 40
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF INTERVAL HALVINGS.... 3
calculations only. CLOSED LOOP PREVENTION OPTION IS ...... ON
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE TOLERANCE............ 0.250 PSIG0
RATE PERTURBATION...................... 0.010000
METHOD OF INITIAL SOLUTION ESTIMATION.. FLOW = 2
ZERO FLOW IN CHECK VALVES.............. OFF
CHOKE CRITICAL FLOW MODEL (FORTUNATI) . EXPONENTIAL
NEW ACCELERATION OPTION IS............. OFF
Source Data
Compositional SOURCE FEED
source - the PHASE IS MIXED
composition of THIS SOURCE IS ON
PVT SET NUMBER............ 1
defined components RATE...................... 1500000.0000 LB/HR
as well as rate, PRESSURE.................. 114.0001 PSIG
TEMPERATURE............... 60.00 DEG F
pressure and Note: The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.
temperature are
shown.
Non-compositional SOURCE S1
liquid or gas - no THIS SOURCE IS ON
phase change data ESTIMATED RATE............ 499.9988 MM FT3/DAY
PRESSURE.................. 375.0001 PSIG
may be entered. TEMPERATURE............... 97.00 DEG F
Structure Data
All information, LINK 4
including defaulted LINK IS FROM "J2 " TO "PROD "
parameters, is shown
DEVICE SA025, Z025, IS A PIPE
for each flow device FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
and equipment item INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 10.0000 IN
LENGTH....................... 5.0 FT
along each link in the ELEVATION CHANGE............. 0.0 FT
FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
simulation. Estimated HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
parameters at each AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 80.00 DEG F
junction and sink are
also listed.
DEVICE WA026, Z026, IS AN EXPANSION
FLOW CODE IS CHISHOLM
UPSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER..... 10.00 IN
DOWNSTREAM INSIDE DIAMETER... 12.00 IN
EXPANSION ANGLE ANGLE...... 135.00 DEG
LAMDA (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)... 1.00000
C2 (CHISHOLM PARAMETER)...... CALCULATED
NUMBER OF DEVICES............ 1
5-12 Results
DEVICE SA027, Z027, IS A PIPE
FLOW CODE IS BEGGS-BRILL (MOODY)
INSIDE DIAMETER.............. 12.0000 IN
LENGTH....................... 40.0 FT
ELEVATION CHANGE............. 0.0 FT
FLOW EFFICIENCY.............. 100.00 PERCENT
HEAT LOSS COEFFICIENT........ 1.00000 BTU/HR-FT2-F
ROUGHNESS.................... 0.00180 IN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.......... 80.00 DEG F
Network Connectivity
The connectivity NODE CONNECTIONS
shows the sources, ---- CONNECTIONS ----
NODE NODE NAME NODE TYPE TO NODE VIA LINK
junctions, and sinks. It ---- --------- --------- --------- ---------
FEED FEED SOURCE J1 1
does not show any of PROD PROD SINK J2 4
the flow devices J1 J1 JUNCTION FEED 1
J2 2
within the links. J2 3
J2 J2 JUNCTION J1 2
J1 3
PROD 4
LINK CONNECTIONS
LINK LINK NAME FROM NODE TO NODE
---- --------- --------- ----------
1 1 FEED J1
2 2 J1 J2
3 3 J1 J2
4 4 J2 PROD
+----------------------------------------+
| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| |FEED|----|J1..|----|J2..|----|PROD| |
| |SRCE| |....| |....| |SINK| |
| +----+ +----+ +----+ +----+ |
| | | |
| | | |
| +---------+ |
| |
| |
| |
+----------------------------------------+
Note: The above report is an extract from Example 3 of Applib files.
Case Study
CASE NUMBER 1
All the case studies -----------------
are summarized on NEW OLD
DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
this report.
=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00100
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00200
=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00200
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00300
CASE NUMBER 3
-----------------
NEW OLD
DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00300
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00400
CASE NUMBER 4
-----------------
NEW OLD
DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00400
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00500
CASE NUMBER 5
-----------------
NEW OLD
DEVICE NAME VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE
=========================================================================
PIPE GFROM ROUGHNESS IN 0.00500
PIPE GNETWORK ROUGHNESS IN 0.00600
Sizing Data
The pipe sizes which LINE DATA
may be used during =========
Z001 PIPE
Z002 PIPE
Z003 PIPE
Z004 PIPE
Z005 PIPE
Z006 PIPE
Z007 PIPE
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 10 of Applib files.
5-14 Results
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity)
This example shows SOLUTION NODE IS AT NODE C008 (INLET OF DEVICE IF IT IS A DEVICE NAME)
both an inflow and an
outflow section. The FLOW RATES, BBL/DAY 500.00 1500.00 2500.00 4000.00
6000.02 7000.01 8000.01 9000.00
inflow section has 10000.00 11999.99
5 source pressures and INFLOW SECTION SENSITIVITY TO SOURCE
the outflow has PARAMETERS
4 different pipe DESCRIPTION
-----------
diameters. CASE 1 DEPLETED
CASE 2 3YEARSPRES
CASE 3 LOWPRES
CASE 4 CURRENTPRES
CASE 5 HIGHPRESS
DESCRIPTION
-----------
CASE 1 3INCH
CASE 2 35INCH
CASE 3 4INCH
CASE 4 5INCH
CASE 5 6INCH
RATE,
CASE MM FT3/DAY
---- ----------
1 0.0010
2 0.2000
3 0.4000
4 0.6000
5 0.8000
6 1.0000
7 2.0000
8 3.0000
9 4.0000
80 POINTS FLASHED
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE -------------------------------------------------------------
PSIG 210.00 240.00 270.00 300.00 330.00 360.00 390.00
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
0.00 41.603 42.901 43.919 44.803 45.668 46.572 47.537
10.00 42.524 44.677 46.205 47.384 48.373 49.307 50.267
50.00 42.419 45.030 47.800 50.760 53.944 56.214 57.708
90.00 42.316 44.916 47.673 50.616 53.778 57.196 60.913
130.00 42.214 44.804 47.547 50.472 53.612 57.002 60.683
TEMPERATURE DEG F
PRESSURE --------------------
PSIG 420.00 450.00
-------- ------- -------
0.00 48.565 49.657
10.00 51.287 52.377
50.00 58.977 60.179
90.00 64.248 65.998
130.00 64.703 69.117
5-16 Results
Intermediate PRINTOUT Example
For network calculations, the intermediate printout details the path that the program took
to get to the final solution.
Network Directory
If the ITER option is PAGE CONTENTS
not specified on the
1 INTERMEDIATE PRINTOUT
PRINT statement,
CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE 0.5 PSI PRESSURE IMBALANCE AT SELECTED NODES
then only the (RMS VALUE USED FOR STEP-SIZE SELECTION)
maximum and RMS ITERATION NUMBER 0.0
(root mean square)
LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT IMBALANCE
average pressure NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA PSIA
imbalances are Q-I Q I 33.000 179.70 179.53
printed.Spur links are R-E R E 40.000 179.70 176.64
W-A W A 70.000 184.70 184.25
printed after the A-B A B 62.000 184.25 183.29
M-B M B 30.000 184.70 183.56 0.271
network has B-D B D 2.000 183.29 183.27
converged. E-D E
D-F1 D
D
F
28.000
27.073
176.64
183.27
176.12
179.17
-7.150
********************************************
These are spur links: PBAL SOLUTION CONVERGED AFTER 2 ITERATIONS
********************************************
LINK FROM TO FLOW RATE PRESSURE IN PRESSURE OUT
NAME NODE NODE M LB/HR PSIA PSIA
H-S H S 18.000 175.91 174.66
H-P H P 30.000 175.91 168.55
E-L E L 12.000 179.48 178.93
B-K B K 90.000 178.98 176.11
A-J A J 8.000 179.97 179.90
Inflow Performance
The IPR coefficient is INFLOW PERFORMANCE CALCULATION RESULTS
calculated from well --------------------------------------
test data and used in all
subsequent
WELL NAME PROD
calculations. IPR TYPE PI
TEST DATA TEST 1
FLOW RATE 421.1(BPD)
GOR 500.(CFBBL)
OUTLET PRESSURE 142.0(PSIG)
OUTLET TEMPERATURE 109.0(F)
CALCULATED RESULTS
5-18 Results
Solution Output Examples
The solution output for PIPEPHASE can be very brief or extremely lengthy, depending
on the problem and the level of output selected. In general, it is best to start with the
default output and only request additional information where required. In large network
runs, put the PRINT keyword on only those links where specific information is desired.
Flash Report
By default, flash NODE SINK AT 6.7 DEG C AND 87.0 BAR
reports are produced
for every node in a --------------------MOLE FRACTION-------------------
compositional run ----HYDROCARBON---- COMBINED TOTAL
unless property tables COMPONENT VAPOR LIQUID1 VAP+LIQ1 LIQUID2 STREAM
----------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
are being used. The N2 0.004003 0.000442 0.004000 0.000000 0.004000
CO2 0.004121 0.003518 0.004120 0.000000 0.004120
reports can be C1 0.957304 0.384112 0.956800 0.000000 0.956800
C2 0.033951 0.055872 0.033970 0.000000 0.033970
suppressed by C3 0.000289 0.001288 0.000290 0.000000 0.000290
specifying NC4 0.000099 0.001172 0.000100 0.000000 0.000100
NC5 0.000019 0.000588 0.000020 0.000000 0.000020
FLASH=NONE on NC6 0.000009 0.000697 0.000010 0.000000 0.000010
C7PLUS 0.000204 0.552312 0.000690 0.000000 0.000690
the PRINT statement.
TOTAL RATE (INLET TO NODE IF JUNCTION)
KG/HR 8.5815E5 4117.44 8.6226E5 0.00 8.6226E5
KG-M/HR 5.1313E4 45.197 5.1358E4 0.000 5.1358E4
WT FRAC LIQ 0.004775 0.004775
PHASE PROPERTIES
----------------
MASS FRACTION 0.995225 0.004775 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
VOLUME FRAC 0.999487 0.000513 1.000000 0.000000 1.000000
DENSITY LB/FT3 4.76 44.41 0.00
ACTUAL SPGR 0.577239 0.712141 0.000000
VISCOSITY CP 0.0132 0.2573 0.0000
ENTHALPY KCAL/KG 26.474 2.178 0.000 26.358
SURF TENS NEWTON/M 0.016 0.000
MOLECULAR WT 16.7238 91.1003 16.7892 0.0000 16.7892
Note - The above report is an extract from Example 5 of Applib files.
VAPOR PHASE
-----------
GAS MM M3/HR 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
DENSITY KG/M3 0.00 0.00 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.000 0.000 0.000
ENTHALPY KCALKG 0.00 0.00 0.00
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 0.00 0.00 0.00
LIQUID PHASE
------------
LIQUID M3/HR 259.62 259.62 0.00
DENSITY KG/M3 430.70 430.70 0.00
VISCOSITY CP 0.066 0.066 0.000
ENTHALPY KCALKG 13.84 13.84 0.00
MOLECULAR WEIGHT 37.33 37.33 0.00
Link Summary
BASE CASE
This report shows the LINK SUMMARY
rate, pressure, and RATE, PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SUMMARY
--------------------------------------
temperature at each FROM(F)
end of every link. By AND
TO(T) ----ACTUAL FLOW RATES***-- PRESS: ---HOLDUP**---
default, the report LINK NODE GAS OIL WATER PRESS: DROP TEMP: GAS LIQ
(MMCFD) (BPH) (BPH) (PSIG) (PSIG) (F) (MM (ABBL)
appears on every SCF)
PIPEPHASE output. ---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ------- -------
1 FEED(F) 0.0000 4913.45 0.00 114.0* 60.0
You may suppress it J1 (T) 0.0000 5001.67 0.00 106.3 7.7 100.2 0.0000 8.0
by specifying the SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
SUMM=NEW option 2 J1 (F) 0.0000 1942.03 0.00 106.3 100.2
on the PRINT J2 (T) 0.0000 1985.71 0.00 92.6 13.6 149.4 0.0000
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) =
9.7
0.0
statement. SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
3 J1 (F) 0.0000 3059.65 0.00 106.3 100.2
J2 (T) 0.0000 3112.53 0.00 92.6 13.6 138.1 0.0000 9.7
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
4 J2 (F) 0.0000 5098.21 0.00 92.6 142.5
PROD(T) 0.0000 5193.55 0.00 87.4 5.3 182.4 0.0000 11.7
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON HL) = 0.0
SPHERE GENERATED VOLUME (BASED ON (HL-HLNS))= 0.0
5-20 Results
Node Summary
This report shows the BASE CASE
rate, pressure, and NODE SUMMARY
Device Summary
This report gives DEVICE SUMMARY
summary information C
about each flow O ------- OUTLET ------ AVG.
LINK DEVI DEVI R INSIDE MEAS ELEV INSITU LIQ
device, fitting, and NAME NAME TYPE R DIAM LENGTH CHNG PRESS: TEMP: GLR HOLDUP
equipment item in the (IN) (FT) (FT) (PSIG) (F) (CFBBL)---
- ---- ---- ---- -------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
simulation. It appears A-B **JUNCTION** RATE= 33632.8 (BPD) 287.0 214.4 GLR= 617.
A 287.0 214.4
by default on every Z016 PIPE BB 19.000 70000.0 -100.0 242.5 145.4 35. 0.31
B **JUNCTION** PRES= 242.5 (PSIG) TEMP= 159.0 (F)
output. You can
suppress it by A1-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6827.4 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
A1 2000.0 220.0
specifying IPR1 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1513.4 220.0 0. 0.00
Z002 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 5000.0 418.0 216.1 19. 0.45
DEVICE=NONE or Z003 PIPE BB 3.476 1000.0 0.0 287.0 214.5 30. 0.30
SUMM=NEW on the A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
PRINT statement. -A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6598.0 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
A2 2000.0 220.0
IPR2 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1520.1 220.0 0. 0.00
This example shows a Z005 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5200.0 388.4 215.4 22. 0.45
Z006 PIPE BB 3.476 800.0 -5.0 287.0 214.1 31. 0.29
well with an IPR A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
device, tubing, and a A3-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6676.0 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
surface pipeline. A3 2000.0 220.0
IPR3 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1497.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z008 TBNG HB 3.476 5000.0 4950.0 424.7 216.0 19. 0.45
Z009 PIPE BB 3.476 1100.0 5.0 287.0 214.3 30. 0.30
A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
A4-A ***SOURCE*** RATE= 6595.4 (BPD) 2000.0 220.0 GLR= 617.
A4 2000.0 220.0
IPR4 IPR 0.000 0.0 0.0 1548.8 220.0 0. 0.00
Z011 TBNG HB 3.476 5500.0 5300.0 394.4 215.3 21. 0.45
Z012 PIPE BB 3.476 850.0 0.0 287.0 213.9 31. 0.29
A **JUNCTION** PRES= 287.0 (PSIG) TEMP= 214.4 (F)
Velocity Summary
This report shows BASE CASE
velocities and pressure VELOCITY SUMMARY
drops for all flow
PRESSURE
devices. By default, DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE VELOCITY CRITICAL GRADIENT PRESSURE
the report appears on LINK NAME TYPE (INLET/OUTLET) VELOCITY (INLET/OUTLET) DROP
(FPS) (FPS) (PSIFT) (PSIG)
PIPEPHASE output. ---- ------ ------ ---------------- -------- -------------- --------
LINK EN1 ENTR
You may suppress it LINK PIP0 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -2.932E-2
LINK PMP1 PUMP
by specifying the LINK PIP1 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.2
SUMM=OLD option LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
on the PRINT LINK PIP2 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -3.5
LINK BEN2 BEND
statement. LINK PIP3 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -7.3E-3 -7.3E-3 -0.5
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 4.41 4.41 0.00 -0.35 -0.35 -10.4
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
5-22 Results
Results Summary
This report shows the BASE CASE
rate, pressure, and
temperature for each RESULTS SUMMARY
flow device. By
default, the report DEVICE DEVICE MIXTURE PRESSURE TEMPERATURE QUALITY
LINK NAME TYPE FLOW RATE INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET INLET/OUTLET
appears on every (GPM) (PSIG) (F) (FRAC)-
--- ------ ------ --------- ----------------- ----------------- --------
PIPEPHASE output. ----
LINK EN1 ENTR
You may suppress it LINK PIP0 PIPE 101.68 -4.72E-2 -7.66E-2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
by specifying the LINK PMP1 PUMP
LINK PIP1 PIPE 101.68 30.0 29.8 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
SUMM=OLD option LINK GAT1 VALV
LINK BEN1 BEND
on the PRINT LINK PIP2 PIPE 101.68 29.7 26.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
statement. LINK BEN2
LINK PIP3
BEND
PIPE 101.68 26.2 25.6 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN3 BEND
LINK PIP4 PIPE 101.68 25.6 15.2 104.00 104.00 0.000 0.000
LINK BEN4 BEND
LINK EX1 EXIT
5-24 Results
Pressure and Temperature Plots
Plots are produced for SURFACE PRESSURE PLOT FOR LINK
each link when 30.0 +-PPPPPPPPPPPPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
PLOT=FULL is present | P | P | | | |
| P | P | | | |
on the PRINT | P | P | | | |
statement. A 27.0 + P | P | | | +
| P | PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP| | |
temperature plot is also | P | | PPPPPPPPPPP | |
| P | | | P| |
generated (not shown 24.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------P-----------+
| P | | | |P |
here). The plots are | P | | | | P |
produced with the | P | | | | P |
P 21.0 + P | | | | P +
DEVICE=PART and R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
DEVICE=FULL S | P | | | | P |
options. S
U
18.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+------P----+
| P | | | | P |
R | P | | | | P |
E | P | | | | P |
15.0 + P | | | | P +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
P 12.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
S | P | | | | |
I | P | | | | |
G | P | | | | |
9.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
6.0 +-P---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
3.0 + P | | | | +
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
| P | | | | |
0.0 PPP---+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
0.0 30.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 150.0
DIST. FROM 1ST SURFACE DEVICE INLET FT
5-26 Results
Phase Envelope Plot
This plot is produced P H A S E E N V E L O P E
for compositional P 750.+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
fluids when the : : : : : :
R : : : : : :
PLOT=FULL option : : : : : :
is present on the E 675.+ : : : : +
: : : : : :
PRINT statement. The S : : : : : :
: : : : : :
plot is produced with S 600.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : P : :
the DEVICE=PART U : : : : B B: :
and DEVICE=FULL : : : : :C :
R 525.+ : : : : D +
options. : : : : B : :
E : : : : : :
: : : :B : D :
450.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
P : : : : : :
S : : : B: : :
I : : : : : :
G 375.+ : : : : D +
: : : B : : :
: : : : : T :
: : : : : :
300.+-----------+-----------+------B----+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : : : : D :
225.+ : : B : : +
: : : : : :
: : : B : : :
: : B : : D :
150.+-----------+----------B+-----------+-----------+-----------+
: : : : : :
: X X : IB : : DI :
: : B : : : :
75.+ : B : : D: +
: : BB : : : :
: : BB : : D : :
: B:BB : : D D : :
0.+-----+-B-B-+-----+-----+-----+-----+----D+-----+-----+-----+
0. 125. 250. 375. 500. 625. 750. 875. 1000. 1125. 1250.
T E M P E R A T U R E F
5-28 Results
Pressure Gradient Detail Report
DEVICE=FULL is PRESSURE GRADIENT DETAIL REPORT
required to produce this -------------------------------
DEVICE
report. NAME
AND SEGM. --PRESSURE GRADIENT---- ---PRESSURE DROP---
TYPE NO: FRIC ELEV TOTAL FRIC ELEV
(PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIFT) (PSIG) (PSIG)
------ ---- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
EN1 0000
(ENTR) 0001
PIP0 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -7.33E-3 0.0
(PUMP) 0000
PMP1 0001
PIP1 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0002 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0003 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
0004 -0.0073 0.0000 -0.0073 -5.50E-2 0.0
(VALV) 0000
GAT1 0001
(BEND) 0000
BEN1 0001
PIP2 0000
(PIPE) 0001 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0002 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0003 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
0004 -0.0073 -0.3394 -0.3467 -1.83E-2 -0.8
(BEND) 0000
BEN2 0001
PIP3 0000
VSG
5-30 Results
Viscosity and Density Results
Detailed property BASE CASE
tables for any or all LINK "1 " PROPERTY DETAIL REPORT
5-32 Results
Slug Report
SLUG is specified with SLUG SIZING AND SLUG DELIVERY MODEL (BRILL ET AL)
DEVICE=PART or ------------------------------------
DEVICE=FULL to PREDICTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 635.4 M
produce these reports. THE PREDICTED MAX SLUG LENGTH FROM CORRELATION IS TOO LARGE
The Brill, Norris or ADJUSTED MEAN SLUG LENGTH = 312.5 M
Scott method may be 84.1300 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 515.2 M
used for the slug 97.7200 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 849.3 M
99.8600 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 1393.1 M
calculations. 99.9900 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 2006.7 M
The report will not 99.9999 PERCENT PROBABILITY THAT SLUG LENGTH IS .LE. 3365.5 M
appear if the flow is not
two-phase or if SLUG DELIVERY
-------------
conditions are outside THE GAS BUBBLE VELOCITY IS = 7.2 M/SEC
the range of the THE LIQUID FILM VELOCITY IS = 0.9 M/SEC
correlation. THE GAS VELOCITY IS = 6.7 M/SEC
CASE STUDY 2
5-34 Results
Nodal Analysis (Sensitivity)
The only output SOLUTION NODE IS AT INLET OF DEVICE CHK1
produced when the
nodal analysis feature NODAL ANALYSIS
is used shows
600.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
comparisons of | | | | | | AA
pressure, temperature, | | | | | | AAA |
and flowrate at the | | | | | | AAA |
540.0 + | | | | AAA +
defined node for the | | | | | AA| |
combinations of inflow | | | | | AAA | |
and outflow | | | | | AAA | |
parameters. Plots are 480.0 +---------+---------+---------+--------AAA--------+---------+
| | | | AAAA | | |
produced for pressure | | | | AAA | | |
and temperature (only | | | AAA | | |
pressure is shown 420.0 + | | AAAA | | | +
| | | AAA | | | |
here). P | | AAA | | | |
R | | AAAA | | | | BBB
If a well completion E 360.0 +---------+-AAA-----+---------+---------+---------+--BBBBB--+
S 111111111***1111111111111111111 | BBBBB |
zone is included in the S | AAAA | | |111111111111*****1111111111111
analysis, the pressure U | AAA | | | BBBBBB | |
drop across it is also R 300.0 **2222222222222222222222222222*BBBBBB | | +
E | | | BBBBBB|222222222222222222222222222222
produced. | | BBBBBB | | | CCCC
33333333333 BBBBB | | | CCCCCCC |
B 240.0 +-------BBB**3333333333333333333333333333333******33333333333
A | BBBBB | | | CCCCCCCCC | |
R BBB | | CCCCCCCCCC | | |
| | CCCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDD
180.0 + CCCCCCC | | DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD| +
| CCCCCC| | DDDDDDDDDD | | |
CCCC | DDDDDDDDDD | | | |
| DDDDDDDDDD | | | | |
120.0 DDDDD-----+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
60.0 + | | | | | +
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
0.0 +----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
40.0 45.0 50.0 55.0 60.0 65.0 70.0
FLOW RATE (M3/HR)
5-36 Results
Sphering Report
Finally, the time STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30329.94 SECS.
required for the STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30492.76 SECS.
pipeline to return to STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30655.57 SECS.
steady state is shown. STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30818.38 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 30981.19 SECS.
STEADY STATE NOT REACHED YET. TIME IS 31144.01 SECS.
Specifying
DATA=FULL on the
PRINT statement
creates a binary file
which can be used by
the GUI to produce
graphical and tabular
reports.
5-38 Results
Chapter 6
Technical Reference
Chapter Contents
2 2
mv 1 g mv 2 g
Q + Ws + U 1 + p 1 V 1 + ---------- + mZ 1 ----- = U 2 + p 2 V 2 + ---------- + mZ 2 ----- (6-2c)
2g c gc 2g c gc
where:
Q= heat added to, or taken away from, the fluid (e.g., by a heat exchanger, or by
transfer to or from the surroundings)
Ws = shaft work done on or by the fluid (e.g., by a pump, or in a turbine)
Note: The subscript S is used to distinguish work exchanged by the fluid
through a shaft from that work done by the fluid itself on the system in
entering and leaving the control volume under study. This is the pV
component of equation (6-2c).
U= fluid internal energy
p= fluid pressure
V= fluid specific volume
Changing the basis of equation (6-2c) to that of unit mass, and looking at differential
changes rather than macro-system changes results in equation (6-3):
p vdv g
du + d --- + --------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (6-3)
gc gc
where:
u= specific internal energy of the fluid
q= specific heat exchanged
ws = specific shaft work
r= fluid density
dh = du + d pV (6-4a)
p
dh = du + d ---
(6-4b)
1 1
= du + --- dp + pd ---
from the Second Law of Thermodynamics, for reversible work, wrev, and heat, qrev:
dw rev = pdV
1 (6-6)
= pd ---
and
Therefore, equation (6-4a) may be rearranged to make du the subject and equations (6-6)
and (6-7) can be substituted into relationship (6-5). The resultant expression may then be
directly substituted into equation (6-3), to create equation (6-8):
p p vdv
Tds + dp g
------ d --- + d --- + --------- + -----dZ + dq + dw s = 0 (6-8)
g g
c c
Equation (6-7) is valid for a truly reversible process. In reality, due to irreversibilities
such as friction, there will always be losses inherent in any process. Equation (6-7) for
irreversible processes then becomes:
dq + dL w = TdS (6-9)
where:
Lw = lost friction work
If the assumption is made that there is no shaft work performed by, or on, the fluid
(ws=0), then expression (6-9) becomes:
dp
------ + vdv g
--------- + -----dZ + dL w = 0 (6-10)
gc gc
A pipe, inclined at an angle to the horizontal, as shown in Figure 6-2, will effect a
change to the vertical dZ term in equation (6-10). Since dZ = dL sin , multiplying
equation (6-10) through by/dL gives:
2
g- L sin + L +
p = ---- -
----------------- (6-12)
w
gc 2g c
When computing the total pressure drop, p, the lost work due to friction must be
expressed in more common terms. The loss component from equation (6-11), (dLw/
dL), can be more explicitly defined by performing a simple force balance on a section of
circular pipe between the wall shear stress (which accounts for the frictional losses) and
pressure forces (Figure 6-3).
2
dp gc di
p 1 p 1 ------dL ---------------- = w d i dL (6-13)
dL 4
where:
tw = shear stress, or shear resistance to flow
di = internal pipe diameter
dp- 4g c w dL w
----- - = ----------
= --------------- (6-14)
dL FRICTION di dL
vdv + -----
dp- + ------------
----- g sin + 4g c w- = 0
--------------- (6-15)
dL g c dL g c di
w 2 w
f FANNING = ---------------
- = ---------
- (6-16)
2 2
v 2 v
Equation (6-16) represents one of the original friction factor formulations as defined by
Fanning. The Darcy-Weisbach (or Moody1) friction factor, fd, is used in PIPEPHASE
and is defined as being four times larger than the Fanning factor:
w 8 w
f d = ---------------
- = ---------
- (6-17)
2 2
v 8 v
Note: The superscripts given in the text in this chapter refer to the appropriate entry in
C.
Substituting equation (6-17) into the pressure loss component of equation (6-15) gives:
2 2
dp-
-----
di fd v di fd v
dL FRICTION = -----------
wg A = -------------
- ----------------
- = -------------
- (6-18)
c i 8g c d 2 4 2g c d i
i
The general pressure drop expression for a single-phase fluid can then be re-written as:
2
dp- g sin + f d v + ------------
vdv
----- = ----- -------------- (6-19)
dL gc 2g c d g c dL
i
Note: Users of SI or Metric units of measure: The unit of force in SI and Metric unit sets
is the Newton. The Newton is defined so as to make the proportionality constant, gc,
unity, thus eliminating it from equation (6-19).
For a laminar flowing fluid, the following equation for the Darcy-Weisbach friction
factor can be derived analytically from Poiseuilles equation:
64
f d = ----------- (6-20)
vd i
where:
= fluid viscosity
vd
Re = -----------i (6-21)
Turbulent Flow
As the flowrate of a fluid is increased from laminar flow conditions, the fluid particles
begin to move randomly in all directions of flow, and in a more haphazard fashion as
velocities increase. As the flowrate increases even further, the fluctuations in the
behavior of the particles becomes more significant, and the flow is termed turbulent.
Typically, the transition between laminar flow and full turbulent flow occurs over a
region between Reynolds numbers of 2000 and 3000.
It then becomes impossible to track the movement of an individual particle, and the
velocity profile of the fluid becomes correspondingly more uniform, or flat, in the plane
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe (see Figure 6-5). It is not possible to predict the
friction factor associated with turbulent flow using the same analytical methods as for
laminar conditions. To better predict friction factors under turbulent conditions,
experimental observations are combined with the previous theoretical fluid flow
relationships. Friction factors for turbulent flow are then defined empirically usually in
terms of the Reynolds number, Re.
The Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, fd, has been found to be a function of Reynolds
number alone in the case of smooth pipe walls, and for rough pipe walls as a function of
both Reynolds number and the relative roughness of the pipe inside wall. Relative
roughness is a dimensionless quantity, and is thought to be more indicative than absolute
pipe roughness on the effect on pressure gradient.
The relative roughness is usually abbreviated in its equation form, /d, where is the
absolute pipe mean roughness, and d is the (smooth) pipe inside diameter. An example of
a friction factor expression for single-phase flow in circular pipes with rough walls is
shown in equation (6-22), which was developed by Colebrook2:
1- 2 18.7
-------- = 1.74 2log 10 ----- + ---------------- (6-22)
fd d i Re f
d
Figure 6-6: Friction Factor Chart (Semi-Log fd vs Log Re) after Moody
Non-Newtonian Flow
All previous and subsequent discussions in this chapter refer to so-called Newtonian
fluids (where shear stresses are postulated to be directly proportional to the time rate of
deformation of a fluid element). Non-Newtonian fluids do not obey newtonian flow
dynamics, and include common fluids such as some oil/water mixtures, mud, cement,
and a variety of plant-processed slurry streams. Non-Newtonian fluids can behave in
different ways in response to a constant shear force - such as decreasing viscosity (so-
called pseudoplastic or thixotropic [for time-dependent responses] fluids) or increasing
viscosity (so-called dilatant or rheopectic [for time-dependent responses] fluids). Non-
Newtonian fluids can be modeled in PIPEPHASE currently only by specifying an
appropriate user-defined pressure drop method (see Chapter 3, Input Reference).
q
v s L = -----L for the liquid (6-23a)
A
q
v s G = -----G- for the gas (6-23b)
A
where:
q= volumetric flowrate of the phase
A= cross-sectional area of the pipe
s = superficial velocity of the phase
subscripts G and L refer to the gas (vapor) and liquid phase respectively
The fluid mixture velocity is then defined as the velocity of the total mixture, and can be
shown to be equal to the sum of the component superficial velocities:
L q +q G
M = ------------------
- (6-24a)
A
M = s L + s G (6-24b)
where:
subscript M refers to the mixture
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 6-13
Liquid & Gas Holdup - Slip & No-Slip
Liquid holdup, HL, is defined as the fraction of the pipes cross-sectional area occupied
by liquid (see Figure 6-7):
A
H L = -----L- (6-25)
A
AG
H G = ------
- (6-26)
A
For a given steady-state snapshot of a two-phase fluid flowing in a pipe, there can be
two feasible liquid holdup scenarios slip liquid holdup (where the gas and liquid are
traveling at different velocities) and no-slip liquid holdup (where both phases are
actually traveling at the same speed). These concepts are important in the study of two-
phase flow systems, and will be utilized fully when describing two-phase pressure drop
correlations. In either scenario the liquid holdup varies from a value of one for all liquid
flow, to zero for all gas flow. The term positive slip is used to describe situations where
the gas is traveling faster than the liquid, and negative slip for the reverse situation.
The slip velocity is defined as the difference between the actual gas and liquid
velocities:
s = G L (6-27)
Now,
qG
G = ------
- (6-28a)
AG
q
L = -----L- (6-28b)
AL
s L
L = H L, NO SLIP = -------
- (6-29)
M
where:
L= no-slip liquid holdup
Therefore, the no-slip liquid holdup can be shown to be a function only of the superficial
velocities of each phase, and is thus simple to calculate if the volumetric flowrate of each
phase is known.
In a majority of two-phase flow situations, however, the no-slip assumption is false, and
should not be used for reasonable pressure drop predictions. This is typically because of
the flow pattern, and/or the topology of the piping system (which can encourage slip
conditions through inclined and vertical pipe sections). In these cases, liquid holdups
must be calculated from empirical correlations.
Once the liquid holdup value has been determined for the segment of piping under study,
then its first use is in calculating actual gas and liquid velocities from their
corresponding superficial values (from equations (6-26), (6-28a) and (6-28b)):
qL
L = ----------
- (6-30)
AH L
M = L HL + 1 HL G (6-31)
The viscosity of a fluid is used in all pressure drop correlations, at least in the
determination of the friction factor, fd, via the Reynolds number, Re. It is also typically
used within correlating parameters in more empirically-based methods. This can be seen
in the two-phase pressure drop correlations given in Table A-6a through Table A-6e,
Two-Phase Pressure Correlations. These types of equation formulated for two-phase
viscosities are more varied than those developed for density (above), since the concept of
a mixture viscosity is more difficult to comprehend. A typical formulation for mixture
viscosity is shown in equation (6-32):
In dealing with two-phase flow, surface tension is another physical property which
affects pressure drop. It is typically used as a correlating property in determining slip
liquid holdup, as well as in determining the different flow regimes (described later).
In systems involving a wet hydrocarbon mixture, there will often be enough water
present to form a separate, second liquid phase. A majority of the current, accredited
industry-standard methods are available in PIPEPHASE. In each method only one liquid
phase is considered to be present. Therefore, when two liquid phases actually exist, they
are bulked together to form one liquid phase. The physical transport properties required
by the pressure drop method for the bulk liquid are then calculated by weighting the
relative amounts of each phase present. Liquid viscosity, density and surface tension are
all calculated in this fashion. In equation (6-33), any of these properties can substituted
for x:
where:
x= liquid viscosity, density, or surface tension
VOLFR = volume fraction
subscripts HC and WAT refer to the hydrocarbon and aqueous phase respectively
Other viscosity mixing rules, e.g., the API methods and the Woelflin procedure (for
cases involving water-in-oil emulsions) are also available in PIPEPHASE.
Two-Phase Flow Pressure Drop
The formula for calculating the pressure drop for two-phase fluids in pipes is analogous
to the equivalent single-phase flow version shown in equation (6-19), except that the
friction factor and physical properties are replaced by their two-phase equivalents:
2
g sin + f M M M + M M d M
dP
------- = ----- --------------------- ------------------------- (6-34)
dL gc M 2g c d i gc dL
Note: The definitions of the mixture density (M) and mixture friction factor (fM) terms
are specific to the correlation in which they are employed.
The pressure loss term in equation (6-34) includes a two-phase friction factor, fM. In the
past, researchers have spent a majority of effort in developing predictive correlations for
the two-phase friction factor, as well as the slip liquid holdup term.
Flow Regimes
Figure 6-8: Flow Regimes in Two-Phase Flow (using Beggs & Brill Terminology)
Note: The flow regime predicted by an individual pressure drop correlation may not
reflect the actual regime encountered in reality, but the use of this regime in that
particular correlation will produce the results as correlated and expected by the
researchers.
One of the latest flow pattern predictions is the Taitel-Dukler-Barnea3 model. The Taitel-
Dukler-Barnea flow map can be used as a good yardstick to determine which flow
regime will actually prevail. The user can then utilize this map to design out undesirable
topological components of a piping run which are found to instigate severe losses, or
which produce mechanical and/or operational problems. Knowledge of the two-phase
flow patterns and holdup behavior allow the engineer to make better decisions, whether
mechanically retrofitting an existing system, or when developing a new design.
In the holdup and velocity detail report section of the output to PIPEPHASE, both the
flow regime (FLOW REGM) as predicted by the pressure drop correlation, and the flow
regime (T-D FLOW REGM) predicted by the Taitel-Dukler map are presented to the
user for reference (PRINT DEVICE=FULL must be selected in the General Data
Category of input).
Steps to determine flow Pattern using T-D method:
Operational Variables: Flow Rates qL and qg
Geometrical Variables: d,
Physical Properties: L, g, L, g,
Calculate equilibrium liquid level (holdup) from combined momentum equation
Check transition A: stratified flow or non stratified flow
If stratified, check transition C: smooth stratified or wavy stratified
If non-stratified, check transition B or D
Transition B: intermittent-annular transition
Transition D: intermittent-bubble transition
The decision path is shown below:
Transition Criterion
This phenomenon of critical flow is observed for single-phase gas as well as two-phase
gas-liquid flow. For single-phase gas, the critical flow is reached when the velocity
reaches sonic velocity. For multiphase flow situations, sonic velocity and critical flow
velocity are not equal in magnitude.
A plot of critical velocity versus the liquid holdup generates an unusual U-shaped curve
(see Figure 6-11). This indicates that the critical velocity for two-phase flow (HL > 0.0)
may be much less than the critical velocity for gas only flow (HL = 0.0). The minimum
critical velocity is reached at a liquid holdup value of approximately 0.5.
The Pressure Discontinuity
When the critical, or choked flow condition has been reached, further lowering of the
outlet pressure does not increase the flowrate. In reality, a pressure (and temperature)
discontinuity occurs at the outlet of the pipe. Referring to Figure 6-11, to the left of the
discontinuity, the velocity is critical and the pressure is critical pressure. To the right of
the discontinuity, the flow is subcritical and the pressure is set pressure, which is less
than the critical pressure.
For flow in a pipe of uniform cross sectional area, a pressure discontinuity and critical
flow can normally occur only at the outlet of the pipe. This implies that critical flow can
potentially occur where the flow area changes to a higher value (such as expansions).
In reality, the pressure discontinuity manifests itself as a shock wave. Critical flow is
therefore often accompanied by an intense rhythmic dissipation of energy and vibrations.
A localized increase in the rate of heat transfer may also be observed.
Single-Phase Flow
Table 6-1 lists recommendations for the single-phase pressure drop correlations
available in PIPEPHASE. The recommendations are provided to help the user choose the
most appropriate correlation for a given application. For users who need more
information, see A.
Note: The original Panhandle B and Weymouth correlations for gas flow were
reformulated to separate the pressure losses due to friction, elevation, and acceleration.
Equivalent friction factors were also derived.
Correlation Recommendations
Gases
Panhandle B Good for long and/or large diameter pipes.
Weymouth Good for short and/or small diameter pipes.
Moody (default) Applicable for all diameters and lengths. Especially good for
high velocity lines since acceleration losses are considered.
American Gas Association Recommended by the American Gas Association.
Liquids
Hazen-Williams Applicable for low viscosity fluids like water and gasoline.
Should not be used for high viscosity fluids.
Moody (default) Applicable for fluids over a wide range of conditions.
In addition, PIPEPHASE offers several hybrid correlations, see Table A-4, Hybrid
Models Summary.
Mechanistic Models
PIPEPHASE supports the following mechanistic two-phase flow correlations:
The Ansari model for vertical flow
The Xiao model for horizontal and near-horizontal flow
The comprehensive TACITE hydrodynamic model, and
The comprehensive OLGA hydrodynamic model.
A brief description for each of these methods is provided in the following sections.
Ansari
The Ansari77 method, developed at the Tulsa University Fluid Flow Projects (TUFFP) is
a comprehensive mechanistic model for upward two-phase flow, covering each of the
flow patterns encountered as well as the corresponding transitions.
The model first determines the existing flow pattern from the transition relationships.
These transitional relationships are based primarily on the work of Taitel et al.78 and
Barnea79.
Xiao
Like the Ansari work, the Xiao83 model was also developed at TUFFP. It is a
comprehensive mechanistic model developed for horizontal and near-horizontal
pipelines. Flow pattern prediction, which forms the basis of the analysis, were based on
the pioneering work of Taitel and Dukler84 and its subsequent extensions.
The Taitel and Dukler two-fluid formulation has been used as the basis for the stratified
flow model. Interfacial shear has been addressed through a combination of the separate
approaches by Andritsos and Hanratty85, and Baker et al.86 The treatment of the annular
flow geometry, under the assumption that flow in the gas core is homogeneous, is similar
to the two-fluid stratified flow model. The Oliemans et al.87 model, originally developed
for vertical annular flow, was used to represent interfacial friction and liquid entrainment
Intermittent flow was characterized by alternating liquid slugs and gas pockets, with a
stratified layer flowing along the bottom of the pipe. The Taitel and Barnea88 approach
was used to develop the fundamental slug flow model, with the Taitel and Dukler
approach to shear stress modified for the specific flow geometry.
Field validation was based on the American Gas Association (AGA) database, as well as
field data presented by Mcleod et al. A majority of the validation was based on
comparison of model predictions against small-scale laboratory data.
TACITE
The TACITE hydrodynamic model is the steady-state basis for a comprehensive
transient simulator. The details of the model are outlined in the work of Pauchon et al.89
OLGA
The OLGA model has been described by Bendiksen et al.93 The physical model, valid
across the range of inclination angles, is based on separate conservation of mass
relationships for the gas and liquid phases, as well as for the entrained liquid droplets.
The additional equations in the formulation are momentum balances for each of the two
phases, and a combined mixture energy balance.
As with any other mechanistic approach, the application of the conservation equations is
flow pattern-dependent. In particular, the friction factor and wetted perimeter terms are
based on the predicted geometry of the flow distribution. As such, the first step in the
algorithm is the determination of the flow pattern, based on the local distribution of two-
phase parameters.
OLGA has been compared with data from various experimental facilities, covering a
wide range of pipe sizes, fluids, inclination angles and operating conditions. The bulk of
Procedure
Note: The flowrate in this scenario can be fixed at either the source or sink node.
Scenario B:
With the pressure drop fixed over the link, the single link procedure must iterate on
flowrate until an outlet pressure is achieved which matches that specified by the
user.
Q in = Q out (6-36)
Therefore,
You may then specify the details of the structure within the links. The devices
appearing in each link should be ordered sequentially in the direction dictated by the
FROM=/TO= statement (see 4), or, in the case of loop links, the expected direction
of flow.
Assuming all other categories of input are satisfied, you are then ready to run the
simulation. When problems are encountered, a printed iteration history can assist in
diagnosing which course of action to take to produce a solution. To do this, use the
ITER keyword in the PRINT statement prior to executing the run.
There are several additional tips on the setting up of networks, and these are given in a
later section on Converging Network Simulations.
PM-
G = --------- (6-38)
zRT
Gas Viscosity (G )
You have the choice between the Lee8 (default, shown below) and the Katz9 correlations.
Both correlations calculate the gas viscosity as a function of specific gas gravity,
temperature, and pressure. The Katz method uses experimental data in the range 40-
400F and 1<Pr<20.
Lee (default)
P-
G = 0.0001K exp 0.0433X G ----- (6-39)
zT
1.5
9.4 + 0.02M T A
K = --------------------------------------------
- (6-40)
209 + 19M + T A
986- + 0.01M
X = 3.5 + -------- (6-41)
TA
where:
TA = Temperature in Rankine
where:
T= Temperature in F
CpG = Heat capacity in BTU/lb
Single-Phase Liquid
The single liquid phase fluid model is used when there is no gas phase present
throughout the simulation. The liquid specific gravity is used to calculate required
physical properties. With the non-compositional single-phase fluid model the you are
able to specify the liquid as water or hydrocarbon, and in doing so activate the relevant
default physical property correlations.
Hydrocarbon Liquid Viscosity (l)
You have the choice between the TUFFP (Beggs/Robinson)10 (default, described below)
and Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally11 correlations for hydrocarbon liquid viscosity
calculations. The latter method is based on an API gravity of 60 or lower, and a
temperature of 300F or lower. Also, PIPEPHASE sets a minimum viscosity of 0.2 cP
and a maximum of 10,000 cP for the Beal-Standing/Chew-Conally method.
Standing Correlation
Beal had presented a graphical correlation to determine dead-oil viscosity. However,
Standing was able to present Beal's correlation with a mathematical equation for dead-oil
viscosity. The API gravity and temperature should be known. The pressure should be 1-
atm and temperature expressed in R. Refer 6-2.
Glaso Correlation
This correlation has been found to be extremely accurate for the ranges it has been
recommended to be used. Glaso had derived the empirical correlation using data from
North Sea. Refer Table 6-2.
Note: Vazquez and Beggs correlation is not applicable for dead oil
API Procedure
Oil-water mixture viscosity may be determined from volumetric mixing, or by the
following API Procedure 14B. Refer Table 6-2 for the correlation.
Woelflin's Correlation
William Woelflin presented data that could be used to estimate the viscosity of a brine-
in-oil type of emulsion from a known clean-oil viscosity. He proposed that the emulsions
produced by incremental addition of water and mechanical mixing, the viscosity of the
resulting emulsion increases exponentially with the water-cut, up to a point where the
viscosity drops sharply to a value close to that of the parent water. The point at which the
viscosity drops sharply is the inversion point, marking the inversion of the emulsion.
Refer Figure 6-17.
However, weakness of this approach lies in the following assumptions:
The reference graph takes no account of the varying degrees of mixing in practice but
assumes total emulsification of the oil-water mixture. This may lead to over-estimation
of pressure loss in pipes.
It is inaccurate to assume that all oils have the same inversion water-cut. The error in
equipment specification due to this assumption could be large, especially for water cuts
close to the inversion point.
1.8 10 - -------------------------
7
360 -
od = 0.32 + ---------------------
4.53 260 T
API
Note: In PIPEPHASE, the reference conditions for pressure and temperature are 14.70
psia and 60 degrees Fahrenheit, respectively.
VAZQUEZ 73
For API 30 , Newer and more general than the Lasater and
Standing correlations
1.0937 11.172A
SG P 10
R s = ------------------------------------------------------
27.64
Fluid properties like Oil Gravity, Gas Gravity, and Water Gravity for link A-B are also
calculated as an average weighted volumetric average:
For Oil Gravity:
API c = (QoA1 * APIA1 + QoA2 * APIA2 + QoA3*APIA3)/ (QoA1 + QoA2 + QoA3)
where:
API c: Combined Oil Gravity to be used in Link A-B
QoA1: Volumetric Oil Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A1
APIA1: Oil Gravity for Fluid Coming from Source Node A1
QoA2: Volumetric Oil Flow Rate at Standard Conditions in Source Node A2
Condensate
PIPEPHASE simulates gas condensate systems using the API Procedure 14B model. For
these systems, gas may or may not condense depending on the in situ pressure and
temperature. This model assumes no liquid is present below the dew point pressure. In
situ condensate flowrate is calculated by multiplying the standard volumetric flowrate by
a pseudoformation volume factor (pseudo-FVF).
The pseudo-FVF is the ratio of in situ condensate mass to the mass of condensate at
stock tank conditions. The model assumes the condensate density is constant and equal
to the density at stock tank conditions. (Since densities are assumed constant, the
definition is based on mass.) The pseudo-FVF is a function of condensate specific
gravity, dew point pressure, pressure, and temperature.
Dew point pressure, mass phase split (mass distribution between the liquid and vapor
phases), and surface tensions of condensate and water are calculated from empirical
relationships. Dew point pressure is a function of condensate specific gravity and
temperature.
Note: Mixing methods are the same as blackoil.
Steam Model
Although the methods used are actually compositional, the steam fluid model is listed in
this category because its use is activated by a statement which does not fall under the
compositional fluid model category. This model involves a pressure-enthalpy
formulation in order to calculate a pressure and temperature traverse. For water systems
modeled with the steam method, PIPEPHASE uses the methods given in Table 6-5 for
calculating fluid properties:
Table 6-5: Steam Property Calculation Methods
Property Method
Steam quality and enthalpy SimSci steam package53
Steam viscosity SimSci component library
Water enthalpy SimSci steam package
Water viscosity Bingham & Jackson data32
Steam and water densities ASME steam tables (1967)
Enthalpy
The energy balance part of the iterative calculation segment solution procedure is based
on fluid enthalpy. Fluid enthalpies are calculated (except for the Johnson-Grayson
correlation) from the relationship:
V
* *
H = H H = H + RT z 1 + Td P
------ P dV (6-44)
dT v
where
H= Enthalpy
H* = Ideal gas enthalpy of the mixture
H = Enthalpy deviation for the mixture
Table 6-7 lists notes and references for the enthalpy correlations currently available in
PIPEPHASE.
Table 6-7: Notes and References for Enthalpy Correlations for Compositional Fluids
Correlation Notes
Soave-Redlich-Kwong27 Comparisons with experimental values show an average deviation of
1 Btu/lb.
Produces reasonable results for non-hydrocarbons when Tc, Pc and are
known.
Peng-Robinson22 Essentially the same as the Soave-Redlich-Kwong correlation except
uses the Peng-Robinson equation of state.
See notes listed above for Soave-Redlich-Kwong.
Note: See The Calculation Segment, p. 6-27, for a discussion of the calculation
segment, and Enthalpy, p. 6-50 for the logic for enthalpy balancing
dq = U TdA (6-45)
where:
dq = rate of heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings
U= overall heat transfer coefficient
T = temperature difference between fluid and the surroundings
dA = area through which heat flows and on which U is based = d dL
d= diameter
L= length
The change in the fluid temperature due to heat transfer from the fluid is given in
differential form as:
dq = mC p dT (6-46)
where:
dq = rate of heat change in the fluid ( denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))
m= mass flowrate
Cp = specific heat capacity of the fluid
dT = differential change in fluid temperature ( denotes difference with Eqn. (6-45))
In order to calculate the fluid temperature changes, equations (6-45) and (6-46) are set
equal, and integrated over the segment length L.
A special numerical integration yields an approach to an exponential curve, where the
fluid temperature approaches the ambient temperature.
m sG P U d T avg T G L
z -----------------------------------------------
H = ----------------------------------
- + ------------- - (6-48)
778 3217 P 778 3600 m
where:
P = Estimated change in pressure over the segment (psia)
P= Average pressure in the segment (psia)
z = Vertical elevation change over the segment (ft)
L = Length of the segment (ft)
d= Reference diameter on which U is based (usually di or do)
Tavg = Estimated average temperature in the segment (F)
TG = Ambient Temperature at the middle of the segment (F) = TGa - (Tgrad)(z)
TGa = ambient temperature at the middle of the previous segment (F)
Tgrad = Temperature gradient (F per ft. elevation)
vm = Mixture velocity
vsG = Superficial gas velocity
Figure 6-18: Heat Transfer for Compositional Fluid Models and Steam
Figure 6-18 (a) represents the analytical solution of equation (6-48). This would be the
result if PIPEPHASE were able to compute an infinite number of segments. Instead,
PIPEPHASE uses numerical integration techniques. Therefore, as shown in Figure 6-18
(b) and (c), the approach to reality (Figure 6-18 (a)) becomes closer with the more
calculation segments you specify.
1
U = -------------------------------------- (6-49)
Resis tan ces
Resis tan ces = Rinside, film + Rpipe + Rinsulation + Rsurr + Rinside + Routside + Rrad (6-50)
where:
Rinside, film = Boundary layer on the inside of the pipe
Rpipe = Material from which the pipe is made
Rinsulation = Insulation (up to five concentric layers)
Rsurr = Surroundings (soil, air, water or user-defined)
Rinside = An additional resistance inside the pipe (optional)
d
R inside, film = ---------------------------
- (6-51)
0.8
0.27k f Re
where:
d= pipe inside diameter
kf = thermal conductivity of the film
Re = Reynolds number
L L + G G L + G d i 124.016
Re = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (6-52)
L L + G G
Pipe resistance
dlog e d o d i
R pipe = --------------------------------
- (6-53)
24k p
where:
di = pipe inside diameter
do = pipe outside diameter
kp = thermal conductivity of pipe
Insulation resistance
n
dj
1 1
R insulation = ------ d ---- log e -----------
(6-54)
24 k dj 1
j=1 j
where:
subscript j refers to the Jth layer of insulation (1J 5), and as applied to the diameter, d,
subscript J refers to the outer diameter of the Jth layer, and J-1 refers to the inside
diameter of the Jth layer.
2 2 0.5
dlog e 2D + 4D D t D t
R surr = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (6-55)
24k surr
where:
D= depth from top of soil to pipe center line
Dt = diameter of pipe plus insulation
ksurr = thermal conductivity of surroundings
do
R surr = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-56)
0.333
12k surr 10 log Re surr 1.3681 Pr
where:
Hinside = Additional inside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-F)
Houtside = Additional outside heat transfer coefficient (BTU/hr-ft2-F)
Note: You can supply the inside and outside heat transfer coefficients by using the
HINSIDE and HOUTSIDE keywords.
Note: You can supply the radiative heat transfer coefficient by using the HRAD
keyword.
The additional inside resistance (Rinside) is added to the Inside Film Resistance (Rinside,
film) and the additional outside heat resistance, (Routside) is added to the fluid
surroundings resistance or buried surrounding resistance, (Rsurr).
If the radiation film resistance (Rrad) is available, then this contribution is not added to
(Rsurr + Routside) but rather treated as a parallel contributor in the following way:
Note: PIPEPHASE does not consider any length or elevation pressure drop effects
within these equipment types.
Pump Compressor
DPDT device Choke
Check Valve Heaters and Coolers
Separators
Q P
Power = --------------- (6-62)
1715
where:
2.31 P 1
T inlet + ---------------- ----------
1
T outlet = -------------------------------------------------------------- (6-63)
780C P
where:
the specific gravity of the fluid
T= the temperature in degrees Rankine (R)
Cp = the fluid specific heat capacity at constant pressure, and for compositional fluids is
equal to dH/dT, which is computed rigorously through flash calculations.
Subscripts inlet and outlet refer to the pump inlet and outlet conditions respectively.
Compressor
PIPEPHASE uses the standard GPSA equation to relate compressor power and outlet
pressure:
k----------
1-
k
1545mz avg T inlet P 2 P 1 1
Power = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-64)
550M adia k 1 k
where:
zavg = the compressibility at average temperature and pressure
adia the adiabatic compressor efficiency
Lost work (through inefficiency) is assumed to be converted to heat which may cause the
temperature of the fluid to rise:
k1
-----------
k
T inlet P 2 P 1 1
T outlet = T inlet + --------------------------------------------------- (6-65)
adia
DPDT Devices
DPDT devices simulate equipment for which no standard PIPEPHASE model exists.
These devices are typically used to model the performance of specially designed valves
and fittings. For these devices, you supply data relating the fluid flowrate, the pressure
change and temperature change in tabular form.
PIPEPHASE linearly interpolates this table during calculations, and therefore you
should ensure that data entered covers the whole range of anticipated equipment process
conditions. If the entered range of data is exceeded at any point in during the simulation,
PIPEPHASE uses the last tabular data point. Therefore if you are unsure as to the likely
simulation range, then a dummy high or low value should be entered in this device in
order that a reasonable value is selected by PIPEPHASE in any possible simulation
condition.
Chokes
The fluid model type you have chosen dictates which correlations are used for
calculating the pressure drop across a choke.
P = P1 P2 (6-66)
2
o o 96.26YC
P 1 = --------------------------------------------
- (6-67)
1
2 2 o
2
-----------
o o ----------- 2 2 2 2
64.4 64.4 o 64.4
---------
- 1
P 2 = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (6-68)
144
4
Y = 1 0.41 + 0.35 1 k 1 P o P 1
4 0.5
C = D dis 1 (6-69)
= d0 d1 (6-70)
where:
k= Specific heat ratio, Cp/Cv
Y= Gas expansion factor for nozzles
Ddis = Orifice discharge coefficient
B
Aq l R p
P l = ----------------
C
- (6-71)
d
Where:
P1 = Inlet pressure (psia for Ros and psig for others)
ql = Liquid flow rate (stb/day)
Rp = Producing Gas-Liquid Ratio Scf/stb
d Diameter of the choke in 64ths of an inch
A,B,C are constants. The standard values of these constants are as follows:
AQ g
P l = ---------
- (6-72)
C
d
Check Valves
Check valves are used to permit flow in one direction only. To effect this, the valve
closes to prevent backflow. In PIPEPHASE, these actions are similarly simulated and the
relevant pressure drop calculations use the square-edged orifice equations as per the
choke device implementation. If the flow is determined to be multiphase, PIPEPHASE
uses the same square-edged orifice equations, but assumes the fluid is a uniform mixture.
Q = mC p T (6-73)
Q = mH (6-74)
The pressure drop across the heater or cooler device can be modeled either by:
Specifying the value directly
or
Defining the coefficient and exponential term in the relationship:
exp
P=coeff .(rate) (6-75)
Separators
The phase split at separator conditions is determined from the fluid model equilibrium
calculations. The separator model then removes a user-specified percentage volume or
volumetric rate of fluid from a phase or phases.
Blackoil
The phase split is determined using the blackoil empirical correlations. Only gas may be
removed from the system.
Condensate
The phase split is determined from the condensate model equilibrium calculations.
Condensate and/or water may be removed from the system.
Compositional
The phase split is determined by a flash at separator pressure and temperature. Fluid may
be removed from any stream: gas, oil, and/or water.
Fittings
PIPEPHASE allows you to specify the pipe fittings shown in Table 6-10 as flow devices
within any link:
Table 6-10: Equipment Devices Modeled by PIPEPHASE
Expansion Contraction
Valve Bend
Orifice Nozzle
Venturimeter Entrance
Exit Tee
With the exception of the nozzle and venturimeter devices, all other fittings pressure
drop equations are taken from the Crane59 manual. The nozzle and venturimeter pressure
drop equations have been taken from Blevins.61 You are referred to these publications for
further details concerning these formulations.
2
P FITTING = K FITTING
---------
2g c
(6-76)
2
f d
= Kmul FITTING -------------
2g c
where:
= the two-phase multiplier for the standard pressure drop equation
KFITTING = the (single-phase) K-factor for the fitting device
KmulFITTING = the (single-phase) K-multiplier (KMUL), or L/d, for the fitting device
fd = friction factor of the device
Chisholm Method
The two-phase pressure drop across a fitting using the Chisholm model, PTP, is given
by:
P TP
- = 1+C
= ------------ 1-
---- + ----- (6-77)
PL X X2
when:
The factor C in equation (6-77) is given by:
PL 0.5
X = ----------- (6-79)
PG
2n
= 0.5 2 2 (6-80)
where:
PL and PG = Pressure drops over the fitting with only single-phase liquid or single-phase gas
flowing respectively at the same total mass rate as the two-phase fluid
v= Specific volume of the gas (vG), liquid (vL), or the difference between both phases
(vG - vL = vGL)
n= Constant in PIPEPHASE that is set to zero (the default value of is therefore 1.00).
The user is able to alter the value of directly in the fittings statements
Changing either the or C2 default values is only recommended when users are
experienced in the application of the Chisholm correlations. These default values have
been chosen to be conservative for a majority of applications.
Homogeneous Model
The homogeneous model requires no user input, and the value appropriate to the
device is defined as:
GL
= 1 + --------- x (6-81)
L
where:
x= Mass vapor quality
Completion
The method used to calculate the pressure drop depends on the fluid model and the
completion type. Table 6-11a lists the pressure drop relationships for well completions.
The Mcleod equations, used for open-perforated completions are based on radial flow.
The Jones et al. equations, used for gravel-packed completions, are based on linear flow.
Fluid Model
Blackoil or Single-
phase liquid
2 2
P in P out = Cq L + Dq L P in P out = Cq L + Dq L
ln r e r w L
L
C = --------------------------------------------------
- C = ------------------------------------------------
-
3 w 3
1.127x10 2 k p hN 1.127x10 k grav A
3
3 1- -----
---- 1- 9.08x10 L L
9.08x10 D = ----------------------------------------
-
r e r w 2
D = ---------------------------------------------------------- A
2 2 2
4 h N
Single-phase Gas 2 2 2 2 2 2
P in P out = Cq g + Dq g P in P out = Cq g + Dq g
3 3
1.424x10 TZ ln r e r w 8.93x10 TLZ-
C = -------------------------------------
C = --------------------------------------------------------------
- k grav A
k p hN
10
12 1 ----- 1- 1.24x10 TLZ
3.16x10 TZ ln ---- D = -----------------------------------------------
r r 2
e w A
D = --------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2
4 h N
Compositional 2 2
Multiphase or Steam/ P in P out = Cq m + Dq m P in P out = Cq m + Dq m
Water Mixtures m ln r e r w m L
C = ------------------------------------------------------
- C = --------------------------------------------------
-
m 3 w m 3
1.127 x10 2 k p hN 1.127 x10 k grav A
13
3 1-
1- ----- 9.08x10 m L
9.08x10 ---- D = -------------------------------------------
-
r e r w A
2
D = ----------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2
4 h N
mw 1 x + w xw 1 x + w xm m m
m = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
L g
m = g x + 1 x L
L ft T temperature
x quality
Subscripts
e perforation plus crushed zone p open perforated area
m mixture
Note: For an introduction on how the network solution methods operate, refer to 3:
You can have PIPEPHASE print out a simple box diagram of the structure once all data
has been entered. This is achieved, in the General Data Category of input, by including
the following statements:
CALC NORUN, ..... $$ Which stops PIPEPHASE from performing any calculations
PRINT CONNECT=FULL $$ Which activates the box structure diagram
All pressures and flowrates (i.e., fixed or estimated) for each node should be clearly
marked on the network diagram. Any subsequent changes in problem definition to
assist convergence can be evaluated and implemented simply and quickly.
A hard copy of the PIPEPHASE keyword file for the simulation. This allows you to
check categories other than the Structure Data Category of input where necessary, so
that all link flow device data can be referenced and checked.
A list of the objectives of the simulation. You can then efficiently evaluate the
impact on simulation objectives of all possible changes in network configuration.
Recommendations for converging network simulations are broken into two main
categories.
General Recommendations
Simulation Input Granularity
Within the simulation itself, you must make common sense decisions concerning
which flow devices are important to the simulation and which are not. For high pres-
sure drop systems such as in long pipe runs, it is unlikely that simulating all fittings
in every pipe run will enhance the simulation accuracy by any substantial degree.
However, in low pressure drop systems, the simulation of every part of each pipe
configuration may be critical to ascertaining the pressure drop accurately.
Note: Outside of their use in the above list, junctions must be viewed as simulation
devices only, and should not be confused with any physical representation of the plant.
Iteration History
You should include the statement PRINT ITER in the General Data Category of
input when running new or problematical simulations. This will ensure that the con-
vergence history is printed both to the screen and to the output file, to facilitate fault
diagnosis.
Specific Recommendations
Link Shut-Ins (NM)
A link shut-in is the description given to a link (a series of devices between two
nodes) which PIPEPHASE has closed down and removed completely from the solu-
tion procedure.
Link shut-ins occur during the network solution procedure in these circumstances.
When there is flow in the reverse direction through a check valve.
When insignificant flowrates are determined for a link within a loop configura-
tion.
Inspect the iteration history and look more closely at the first link which is causing
problems. If there are no obvious anomalies in the input after careful inspection, you
should first try to reformulate the local boundary node pressure and flowrate defini-
tions (for example, swap a fixed pressure for a fixed flowrate). Secondly, you should
enter link flowrate estimates for all local links. When an internal link shut-in occurs,
you may also see the link shut-in error message.
2 5
Qi di Pi (6-82)
where:
subscript i represents the ith link
You should therefore ensure that the first pipe device input to each link structure is
approximately representative of the bulk of the link.
Flow Allocation Model 2
This model assigns a flowrate to each link based on the relative frictional resistance
in that link, or:
n 5
2 d i
Qj ------- P j
li
(6-83)
i=1 j
where:
subscript j represents the jth link
Note: The flow allocation models 1 and 2 can be specified in the Methods Data
Category of input of input using the FLOWALLOCATION keyword
(FLOWALLOCATION=1 and FLOWALLOCATION=2 respectively)
In Figure 6-22, the sinks J, L and M all have fixed flowrates. Taking the individ-
ual link KM as an example, the sink node M flowrate is known and therefore its
pressure must be calculated. This calculation is based only on the calculated
pressure at junction node K.
Therefore link KM can be left out of the network solution until the nodes on
which iteration must be performed (including node K) have reached a solution.
KM is thus known as a spur link. Similarly, since sink nodes L and M also have
known flowrates, the section of links to the right of junction node I then form a
larger spur link, since all of their pressure calculations rely on the solution to the
pressure at node I.
For flow allocation model 1, you must supply link rate estimates for all non-
spur links. If any non-spur link flowrate estimations are not input by the user,
then all flowrate estimates revert back to those predicted by flow allocation
model 1, and any other user entries are ignored. If you are unsure which links
are spur links in the network, then set SOLUTION MAXITER=0 (in the Meth-
ods Data Category of input), with PRINT ITER (in the General Data Category
of input). Those links printed out after the iteration history are the spur links
(see the Intermediate Printout Example in 5).
For flow allocation model 2, there is more flexibility in allowing you to selec-
tively override internal program link rate estimates. If you wish to take advan-
tage of this, then only those links which form the outlet of a node can be
supplied with user estimates, and all links arising from the same node must be
given estimates.
As a theoretical example, for the network defined in Figure 6-23, you have dis-
covered that by using PIPEPHASEs flow allocation model 2, the output link
CF is being allocated only 10% of the total inlet rate to junction node C. Using
this model then subsequently causes convergence problems, as indicated in the
convergence history. You may then override this initial internal flow allocation
by supplying the value directly in the link statement. You must remember that
all links emanating from the node which produces link CF must also be given
rate estimates. In this example, this means that link CE must be given an esti-
mate in addition to CF. The reason for this logic is that PIPEPHASE uses the
ratio of outflowing link rate estimates in allocating the actual link rate estimates.
Let us continue with this example, and track PIPEPHASEs processes up to the
beginning of the simultaneous solution procedure. Let us first assume that the
flowrates at nodes A and B in Figure 6-23 have user-supplied estimates of 100
and 80 lb/hr respectively, and also that you expect the flows in links CF and CE
to be approximately equal. PIPEPHASE then follows the steps given in the
paragraphs below:
First, PIPEPHASE takes all fixed and user-estimated pressures at each node, and
based on these pressures produces its own estimates for nodes which have not
been supplied with any pressure value.
Second, PIPEPHASE uses the flow allocation model (in this example, model 2)
to assign flowrates to each link. If you have supplied any flowrates, (in this case
let us assume that you have given estimates of 80 lb/hr for each of the links CF
and CE emanating from node C) then these will be summed together and a ratio
produced. In this case, the sum is 160 lb/hr, and the ratio is 50% to link CF and
50% to link CE.
Jump-Over Piping
So-called jump-overs are short pipe runs that connect longer, parallel pipes in
order that flows in each pipe are relatively well-balanced. These jump-over pipes are
usually of no hydrostatic significance, and the loop that is created by virtue of their
inclusion in the simulation can be eliminated by making the two junction nodes into
one, as is shown inFigure 6-25, with negligible loss in simulation accuracy.
General Tips for Loops Where the Flow Direction is Known or Unknown
Networks which include loops fall into two basic categories those which all link
flow directions are known, and those which one or more link flow directions are
unknown.
To prevent link flow reversal during solution, you should set the regulator outlet
pressure (in the flow direction) to an unrealistically high value (e.g., 9999 psig). This
action enables the use of the regulator as a convergence aid without affecting the
pressure traverse calculation in that link.
Regulators generally are of greatest use in situations where loop link flow reversals
cause a circular flow path (i.e., effectively a closed flow loop), or where a particular
flow reversal during solution causes a direct or indirect (via another link) problem
divergence. Both of these situations can be identified by close inspection of the iter-
ation history.
A simple use of a regulator can be seen in Figure 6-28, where the flow directions are
known.
Use of two regulators in this example prevents the situation where flow travels from
node B to node C via one loop, and back to node B via the other.
The default parameters for the PBAL and MBAL algorithms are selected to achieve
satisfactory convergence for representative networks. However, you can encounter cases
in which the defaults require modification for successful solution of network flows.
PBAL Algorithm
This algorithm is sufficient for the overwhelming majority of problems you will
encounter. Nevertheless, there are cases in which the parameters that govern the
performance of this algorithm require your adjustment. The following section offers
assistance on the use of the adjustable parameters that modify the performance of the
PBAL algorithm.
The parameters that have the greatest effect on the performance of PBAL are the
parameters that control
the initial estimation of link flows and junction pressures, and
extent of damping (also relaxation) of the PBAL algorithm.
The former is controlled by adjustment of the FLOW allocation parameter, while the
latter is controlled by adjustment of the QDAMP, PDAMP, HALVINGS, NOLOOP and
NOFR keywords.
Initial Solution Estimation. The FLOWALLOC keyword controls the procedure
used by PIPEPHASE to generate an initial estimate of the flowfield prior to the use
of the PBAL iteration procedure. In general, the performance of PBAL improves
with the selection of an allocation method that generates initial estimates of flows
and pressures that are closer to the converged solution of the network flow field.
Figure 6-29: Choke Performance Curve (Choke Outlet Pressure vs. Flow Rate)
Figure 6-30: By selecting "DP from Network", (Choke=3) the user forces PIPEPHASE
to calculate the critical flow rate for a given Pin and set this as the Qmax constraint for
the link. The Critical flow rate is defined as the intersection of the Tubing Performance
Curve and the Critical Choke Performance Curve.
Once PIPEPHASE calculates the Critical flow rate, Qmax for the link is set to this value.
In other words it sets a constraint, which specified that as long as the BHP remains
constant, the flow rate in the link cannot exceed the calculated Critical flow rate. This
acts as a safety net to ensure that PIPEPHASE can never calculate an unrealistic flow
rate through the choke (i.e. for a given bottom hole pressure PipePhase will always
calculate a flow rate less than or equal to the Critical flow rate for the link). The Qmax
P out
--------- r c
P in
(6-84)
Q Qc
(6-85)
where:
Pout = Pressure down stream of the Choke
Pin = Pressure upstream of the Choke
rc = Critical Pressure Ratio
Qc = Critical Flow Rate
Q = Flow rate through the choke
Note the Gilbert choke model only operates on the Critical Choke Performance Curve.
The Gilbert coefficients determine the slope of this line. Fortunati, Perkins, and Ueda on
the other hand can operate on the Critical Choke Performance Curve plus anywhere
within the Sub-Critical Flow Region.
For "Critical Pressure Ratio", (i.e. CHOKE=4) a different convention is used. Instead of
PIPEPHASE imposing constraints by way of an exponential or linear curve the
following equation is used.
For Q > Qcritical
P out
--------- r c
P in
(6-86)
This convention makes for a stable network model as the choke outlet pressure is simply
computed using above equation for the Critical Pressure Ratio. Ueda, Fortunati &
Perkins models can all predict critical flow and an associated critical pressure ratio. The
user can override the calculated critical pressure ratio by specifying a value in the Choke
unit DEW.
Figure 6-31: Choke Performance Curve as defined by Choke=4. Notice following this
curve it is possible to predict flow rates through the choke far in excess of the actual
critical flow rate. As a result, this method is not recommended when modeling chokes.
WELLS. The occurrence of heading phenomena that accompanies upward,
multiphase flows in wells, can give rise to convergence problems in PBAL. The
WELLS option on the solution statement seeks to solve this problem by (1)
determining the minimum heading flow that is allowed in wells with specified
source pressures, and by (2) constraining flows in those wells to be greater than
that minimum flow rate. PBAL shuts-off the well in the event that the minimum
flow can not be maintained in the well.
QMIN. This keyword appears on individual LINK statements. This keyword
constrains the minimum flow in links to be greater than a user specifiable value.
This feature can be useful in seeking the solution to network flows in which
links not associated with wells can display heading phenomena.
Link name = L1
A B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
When the specification as mentioned above are invoked for the devices, subnetworks are
formed with
Upstream link containing all the devices before the break point
Downstream link containing all the devices after the break point.
During the formation of subnetwork, a new sink (pseudo sink) is created for the
upstream link and simultaneously a new source (pseudo-source) is created for the
downstream link. The upstream link retains the original link name but the downstream
link will be given an unique link name. The new nodes (pseudo-sink and pseudo-source)
are also assigned internally generated unique names.
Many sub-networks will be created if several such devices are included in the network.
At calculation time the sub-network containing the upstream link(s) is solved prior to the
sub-network containing the downstream link(s). The flow coming out of the upstream
link (pseudo sink) is transferred to the downstream link (pseudo source); prior to the
calculation of the downstream sub-network pseudo link.
PIPEPHASE Keyword Manual 6-95
Figure 6-33: Broken Links (Sub-Network)
Flow specified
source
A 2 3 B
Mreg or Mchok or
Mcomp
Pressure or flow
specified sink
2
dp- fd v
-----
dL FRICTION = -------------
2g c d i
- (6-87)
2
f d v
P = ------------ (6-88)
2g c d
If we now define the term head, which is gained or lost over a length of pipe L, as hL,
where P = ghL (for each pressure drop term in equation (6-19)), then the velocity in a
pipe changes at the expense of the static, or elevation head. Therefore the decrease in
the elevation head due to velocity is known as the velocity head:
2
v-
H L = ------- (6-89)
2g c
The flow of fluid through a valve or other pipe fitting, such as an elbow, will also result
in a change in head. This may also be expressed in terms of the velocity head:
2
v
H L = K -------- (6-90)
2g c
The loss term K in equation (6-90) is defined as the resistance coefficient, K-factor, or
number of velocity heads. The K-factor, therefore, can be viewed as a constant for any
particular valve or fitting, and independent of friction factor or Reynolds number. From
equation (6-88), the frictional pressure drop over a straight section of pipe is similarly
given by:
2
L v
H L = f --- -------- (6-91a)
d 2g c
where:
L
K = f --- (6-91b)
d
Therefore by equating equations (6-95) and (6-96), it can be seen that the K-factor is
equivalent to (f L/d), where the ratio L/d is the equivalent length (in pipe diameters) of
straight pipe that will cause the same pressure drop as the valve or fitting under the same
flowing conditions.
Crane59 presents evidence that in valves and fittings the K-factor varies with size as
does the friction factor, f, for straight clean commercial steel pipe at flow conditions
resulting in a constant friction factor, and [the] equivalent length L/d tends toward a
constant for the various sizes of a given line of valves or fittings at the same flow
conditions. This conclusion leads to the idea that instead of using a K-factor, the
equivalent length, L/d, should instead be used as a constant multiplier of the friction
factor. The value of the constant should then be derived from field test data and
applicable to all sizes of the particular valve or fitting with which it is identified. In
PIPEPHASE the equivalent length constant, as reported in standard publications such as
Crane, is known as the K-multiplier (keyword KMUL).
In summary, therefore, the K-multiplier should always be chosen, if available, in
preference over a K-factor value, since the K-factor varies with the size of the valve or
fitting.
FAQ 2: Should one use equivalent lengths inside links with two-phase
flow to represent fitting pressure drops?
The K-factor - pipe equivalent length analogy was originally derived only for
incompressible single phase flow (see previous FAQ), where the pressure drop is due
only to friction. The analogy is also applicable for single phase compressible flow where
velocities and velocity changes (i.e., acceleration) are low.
However, for two-phase flow in pipes the same analogy cannot be applied, and the use of
equivalent pipe lengths is not recommended as good simulation practice. The
equivalent length value (i.e., the K-multiplier) multiplied by the prevailing friction
factor is not the same as the true K-factor because the accelerational effects are not
considered in its evaluation. In typical piping system simulations these acceleration
terms may be significant and can cause pressure drops to be predicted which are much
higher than the K-factor method. In the case of two-phase flow, there is no direct
established procedure, equivalent to that presented in the previous FAQ, to derive the
equivalent length analogy, and therefore it should not be used in these situations. A
two-phase multiplier, j, is used in PIPEPHASE (see a previous section in this chapter on
Fittings for further information) to correct the single phase pressure drop equation
(6-91a) for a fitting device to account for two-phase flow.
2
A 2 L v
P = 1 -----1 K exp --------- (6-92)
A2 2g c
where:
subscripts 1 and 2 refer to the small and large diameter points respectively, and
Kexp = the user-supplied K-factor
If we define as the ratio A1/A2, then it can be seen by inspection of equation (6-92) that
if 1-2- Kexp > 0 then P2 > P1 and there is a pressure recovery.
This phenomenon occurs when the 1-2, or velocity head loss is larger than the frictional
pressure loss over the expansion (as calculated by the Crane methods). Pressure rises
over expansion devices are generally unusual, but if they occur in network simulations,
then PIPEPHASE may have trouble solving pressure balances because of this behavior.
In these cases the user should replace these devices with other devices exhibiting
equivalent, but continuous, pressure vs. flow behavior, such as DPDT devices or
alternative fittings with similar K-factors.
2
v 2
P = K exp -------1- +
v -
---------------- (6-93)
2g c 2g c
Since PIPEPHASE evaluates conditions at the inlet conditions to the fitting, the velocity
head term can be expanded:
2 L 2 2
v - = -------
---------------- -v v (6-94)
2g c 2g c 2 1
A1 v1 = A2 v2 (6-95)
2 2
A1 v
-----2 = ----22 (6-96)
A2 v1
2 2
A
2 v2 v1
-----1 1 = --------------- (6-97)
A 2 2
v1
2
v
2 L v 1 A 1 2
----------------- = ----------
- ----- 1 (6-98)
2g c 2g c A 2
Substituting equation (6-98) into equation (6-94), and reversing the signs gives equation
(6-83).
q 2
K ---
A
p = ---------------- (6-99)
2
where:
p = device pressure drop
q/A = mass flux per unit area
The device K-factor that appears in equation (6-99) can be related to the discharge
coefficient Kd used to size valves in the API 520 (1993) formula for liquid relief:
Q G
A = -------------------------- ------
- (6-100)
38K d K w K v P
where:
A= Required effective discharge area (in2)
Q= Flowrate (US gal/min)
Kd = Effective coefficient of discharge for valve
Kw = Correction factor due to back pressure (Kw=1 for conventional valves)
Kv = Correction factor due to viscosity as determined from Figure 32 of API 520 (1993)
G Specific gravity of the liquid at the flowing temperature referred to water = 1.0 at
70 F
P Valve pressure drop
In the limit of single-phase liquid flow, equation (6-100) can be combined with equation
(6-99) to yield the following relation for K-factor in terms of the valve discharge
coefficient Kd and viscosity correction factor Kv:
1
K = ------------
2 2
- (6-101a)
Kd Kv
In the limit of high Reynolds number flows Kv approaches 1, so that equation (6-101a)
can be approximated as:
1-
K = ----- (6-101b)
2
Kd
FAQ 6: What is the relation between the flow coefficient of a valve (Cv)
and the K-factor for the valve?
The flow coefficient Cv of a valve is defined as the volumetric flux of water, in either
UK or US gallons per minute, at a temperature of 60 and at a pressure drop of one
pound per square inch (1 psia) across the valve (Crane, 1988).
The following expressions relate the resistance coefficient K to Cv:
For valve flows in UK gallons per minute:
2
29.9d
C v = ---------------- (6-102b)
K
where:
d = diameter of the value (in)
Clearly, the coefficient Cv can be related to the discharge coefficient Kd of a valve
through equations (6-102a) and (6-102b).
H = H 2 H 1 (6-103)
where:
H1 and H2 = the enthalpies upstream and downstream of the expansion
The temperature drop that accompanies the pressure drop across the expansion is termed
the Joule-Thomson67 effect. In the limit of incremental changes in pressure, the
temperature change across the expansion is quantified by the Joule-Thomson coefficient:
T
JT = ------ (6-104)
P H
where:
Note: JT can be either positive or negative. In an ideal gas, JT is zero. The Joule-
Thomson effect occurs in those gases for which JT is positive.
For this example, let us assume that the user wishes to override PIPEPHASE-generated
values for liquid density. The step-wise procedure for achieving this is:
The file TEST.PVT which is generated from step (1) is shown below (in abridged format
for clarity). PIPEPHASE uses the data in this file in step (3) when the original file
TEST.INP is re-run. The data contained within the file are in fixed format, and the units
of measure for each property are also fixed. Since in this example the user wishes to
$
END
FAQ 10: What are the *.GR1, *.GR2, *.GR3, and *.GR4 files that are
produced when I run PC PIPEPHASE?
The *.GR? files are ASCII text files which are used by the PC Graphical User Interface
to plot information to the screen.
The *.GR1 file contains link plot information.
The *.GR2 file contains node summary information.
The *.GR3 file contains information for the link phase envelope.
The *.GR4 file contains information from depressuring vessel simulations.
COLUMN UID=COL2,NAME=FRAC-002
PARAM TRAY=22,IO=20
FEED 8,9,NOTSEP
PROD OVHD=OV8,BTMS=BT8,4289
COND TYPE=BUBB,PRESS=1000
DUTY 1,1,-40/2,22,40
PSPEC TOP=1000
PRINT PROP=PART,ITER=PART,XYDATA
ESTI MODEL=SIMPLE,CTEMP=-100,TTEMP=-50,BTEMP=50,RTEMP=140, *
RRATIO=2
SPEC COLUMN=COL2,TRAY=1,PHASE=L,RATE(M),*
RATIO, *
STREAM=OV8, RATE(M), *
VALUE=2
SPEC STREAM=BT8,RATE(M), *
VALUE=4289
VARY DUTY = 1,2
TOLER ENTH = 0.001
METHOD SET=SET01,22
*
END
In this case, the temperature and composition of stream 6 in the PRO/II file is used
automatically to complement data entered for source node KA.
In this case, the source KA is using the temperature, pressure and composition of PRO/II
stream 6 as fixed values in the simulation.
Here, the component data and temperature of PRO/II stream 6 are used as fixed values,
where the pressure from stream 6 is used as an estimate value.
General Information
The Component Data category defines the pure and pseudocomponents in the problem
and, if necessary, defines or modifies component properties. All components
encountered in a problem, except for assay stream components, must be defined in this
category. Streams defined by distillation assay curves in the Stream Data category are
broken into pseudocomponents based on the rules defined in the Component Data
category.
Using keyword input, PRO/II accepts an unlimited number of components.
Petroleum Components
PRO/II handles petroleum components using industry standard characterization
techniques. PRO/II estimates all required component data given two out of three of
molecular weight, boiling point, or gravity.
Refer to the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for
instructions on how to enter basic PETROLEUM data, how to change the default
characterization procedures, and entering stream assay data.
Solid Components
PRO/II handles solids with particle size distributions and user-defined attributes. See the
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for information on
property data requirements for solid components and associated input format. The
SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual is also used to define
particle size intervals and GENERAL attributes, and for entering actual solid component
attribute values.
Component Properties
The user may define or override component properties for all components in the
simulation. This includes components in the PRO/II component library, user-defined
components, petroleum pseudocomponents and solid forming components. The
properties include constants (such as molecular weight or critical properties), as well as
temperature dependent properties (such as enthalpies in various phase states). Where
appropriate, properties may be given on a mole or weight basis. Refer to Section 1.8 of
the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual for entering component
property values.
UNIFAC Data
Section 1.9 of the SIMSCI Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual
discusses the methods for assigning UNIFAC structural groups and van der Waals
parameters for pure components. As discussed starting in Section 20 and in the PRO/II
Reference Manual, UNIFAC provides a means of estimating liquid activity coefficients
when actual VLE or LLE data are unavailable.
COMPONENT DATA
The COMPONENT DATA statement has no entries and is required for all PRO/II
simulations.
Remaining COMPONENT Data Category Statements
The remaining Component Data category statements are discussed in the SIMSCI
Component and Thermodynamic Data Input Manual.
Component Definition
Petroleum Component Characterizations
Solid Attributes
Component Properties
Component Structural Data for UNIFAC
Category Heading Statement (required)
COMPONENT DATA
Multi-property entries
FORMATION(V or L or S, unit, M or WT) i, enthalpy, Gibbs/...
VANDERWAALS i, area, volume/...
Note: If data or index values are not supplied, the kinematic viscosity is computed using the Twu method
or DENSITY(VL)= option
DENSITY(V)= option and DENSITY(L)= option,
or ENTROPY(VL)= NONE
ENTROPY(V)= option, ENTROPY(L)= option,
Note: Only the STANDARD option is available for molar liquid volume (MOLVOL) calculations when
the WILSON K-value method is selected.
DIFFUSIVITY(L)
DIFDATA (tunit) i, j, c1, c2, c3 / ...
HEXA(K or R) i, j, kija, kjia, kijb, kjib, kijc, kjic, cij, cji / ...
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy, and vapor entropy)
HOCV i, i, nii / i, j, nij / ...
(For vapor fugacity, vapor density, vapor enthalpy and vapor entropy)
IDIMER i, i, Aii, Bii / i, j, Aij, Bij / ...
FLORY i, j, / ...
SOLUTE i, {j ...}
HENDATA(pres, temp) i, l, c1, c2, c3, c4 / ...
C(unit) i, value/...
PC(unit) i, value/...
VC(unit) i, value/...
ZC i, value/...
ACENTRIC i, value/...
NBP(unit) i, value/...
MOLVOL(unit) i, value/...
DIPOLE(unit) i, value/...
RADIUS(unit) i, value/...
SOLUPARA i, value/...
RACKETT i, value/...
WDELT i, value/...
PARACHOR i, value/...
PENELOUX(volunit) i, value/...
Appendix Contents
1 p b 0.04
f = ------ ------------
94 vT b
Weymouth 2
g sin -
dP
------- fv - dP
------- = ----------------- dP
------- = 0
dL f = --------------------
2g c d144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
1 -
f = ---------------------
0.33
71.6d
Moody (default) 2
dP g sin - dP V 1 V 1 V 2
dP
------- fv - ------- = ----------------- -------
dL acc = --------------------------------
-
dL f = --------------------
2g c d144 dL e g c 144 144g c L
1
----- 2 18.7
= 1.74 2 log ----- + ---------------
f d N f Re
vd
N Re = 1488 ---------
f from Moody diagram
Duns & Ross Flow patterns from Duns & Ross flow pattern map
Bubble flow, slug flow
2
V m V s + 4V s + V sl
H l = V s V m + ------------------------------------------------------------
-
2V s
V s calculated from correlation
Mist flow
V sl
H l = l = ----------------------
V sl + V sg
Transition flow
H l = A 1 H l slug + B 1 H l slug
A 1 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A1 1
B1 = 1 A1
Bubble and Slug Flow Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow Bubble and Slug Flow
dP f m l V sl V m dP tp V sl g sin dP
------- = ------------------------- ------- = -----------------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f 2g c d 144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
f m from correlation tp = l H l + g H g
f g V sg
2
dP V m V sg n dP
dP
------- = --------------------------
- ------- - -------
= ---------------------
dL f dL acc g c P 144 dL T
2g c d 144
2 n = l l + 1 l g
V sg d
V sg = ------------------
-
2
d
e = roughness from pipe and
liquid film
dP
------- = dP
------- = dP
------- =
dL f dL e dL acc
dP dP dP dP dP dP
A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f slug dL f mist dL e slug dL e mist dL acc slug dL acc mist
f t Vm
2
dP s g sin dP V m V sg n dp
dP ------- = -------------------
- ------- - ------
= ---------------------
------- = -----------------------
- dL e g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
dL f 2g c d 144
2
t = -----n-
s
s = l Hl + g Hg
s = l Hl + g Hg
1488 n V m d
N Re = ----------------------------
-
s
dP f m l V sl V m dP s g sin dP
------- = ------------------------- ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f 2g c d 144 dL e g c 144 dL acc
Vm V m 2 V sg
H l = 1 1--- 1 + ------
- 1 + ------
- 4 -------
- V s = 0.8ft s
2 Vs Vs Vs
Slug Flow
s g
H l = ----------------
-
l g
s = l V sl + V b + s V sg + l
V b = f N Re
N Re = f V b
(calculation is iterative)
Mist Flow
Same as Duns & Ross
Transition Flow
H l = A 1 H l slug + B 1 H l slug
A 1 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A1
B1 = 1 A1
Flanigan 1
H l = --------------------------------------
-
1.05
1 + 0.3264V sg
Bubble flow Bubble, Slug and Mist Flow Bubble and Slug flow
dP s g sin dP
V sl 2 ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
f l ------- dL e g c 144 dL a
Hl
dP
------- = -----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
Slug flow
V sl 2 dP
------- =
f l ------- dL f
dp Hl
------ = ----------------------- dP dP
- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f 2g c d 144 dL f slug dL f mist
dP
------- dP
-------
dL f = dL acc =
dP dP dP dP
A 1 ------- + B 1 ------- A 1 ------- + B 1 -------
dL f slug dL f mist dL acc slug dL acc mist
Beggs & Brill Flow Pattern from Beggs and Brill Flow Pattern Map
b
a L
-
H l = --------
c
N Fr
= 0, = 0
0, = 1 + C sin 1.8 0.33 sin 1.8
f g
C = 1 L ln d L eN LV N Fr
a,b,c,d,e,f,g = constants, f(flow pattern)
TransitIon Flow
H L = A 4 H L seg + B 4 H L int
A 4 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A4 1 B4 = 1 A4
dp- s 1
---
----- 2 2
dL L dp- s f L L V sL L V sL d
x = --------------s- ----- -----------------------
- N Re,L = 1488 ------------------
dp- dL L = 2g d 144 L
----- c
dL g
2
dp- s
----- f L g V sg g V sg d
= -----------------------
- N Re,g = 1488 -----------------
dL g 2g c d 144 L
f tp s V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin dp-
----- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- = ----------------------
-
f tp
----- = e
5
dL e
= -------------------
- = ---------------------- ------
dL f g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
2g c d 144 fn
n Vm d s = L HL + g Hg
N Re = 1488 ----------------
n
y
S = ----------------------------------------------------------
-
2 4
a0 + a1 y a2 y a4 y
a0 = 0.0523 a1 = 3.182
a2 = 0.8725 a4 = 0.01863
y y
S = ln 2.2 e 1.2 if 1 e 1.2
L
y = ln -----2-
L
Transition Flow:
dp-
----- dp-
----- dp-
-----
dL f = A 4 dL f,seg + B 4 dL f,int
f tp n V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin W L V L + W g V g
2 2
dp-
----- dp-
-----
dL e = -------------------
= ----------------------
- - = ------------------------------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144 g c 144 dL acc 2g c q m L 144
f tp calculated from correlation s = L HL + g Hg
Slug Flow
V sg
H l = 1 ----------
- V bfsl = 1.2V m + V bsl
V bfsl
1
---
dg L g 2
V bfsl = C ----------------------------
2
-
L
C = f(dimensionless numbers), calculated from correlation
Mist Flow
TransitIon Flow
H L = A 3 H L slug + B 3 H L mist
A 3 = f(dimensionless numbers), 0 A3 1 B3 = 1 A3
Gray 1
A
Hl = 1 Hg 1e -
H g = ----------------
R+1
1
B
A = 2.314 N v 1 + 205
---------
1
N d
f s Vm
2
dP s g sin dP
dP
------- = ----------------------- 1488 l V m d ------- = -------------------
- ------- = 0
dL f
- dL e g c 144 dL acc
2g c d 144 N Re = ----------------------------
l
f from Moody diagram s = l Hl + g Hg
Slug Flow:
2
dp-
----- f l Vm Hl 1488 l V m d
dL f = 2g
-----------------------
- N Re = ---------------------------
-
c d 144 l
dp-
----- dp dp
= A 4 ------ + B 4 ------
dP dP dP
------- = A ------- + B -------
dL a 1 dL a, slug 1 dL a, mist
dL f dL f, slug dL f, mist
f tp s V m
2
1488 n V m d dP s g sin dp- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- - = -------------------
- ------ - ----- = ---------------------- ------
dL f = 2g
-----------------------
- N Re = ---------------------------- dL e g c 144 dL acc g c P 144 dL T
c d 144 n
s = l Hl + g Hg
2
H L = f L N Rek N Rek = f H L
2 2
k Vm d L L g g
N Re = 1488 ---------------- k = -----------
- + ------------
n HL Hg
Mukherjee & Brill Flow pattern from Mukherjee and Brill flow pattern map
b
a L
- p
H l = --------
c
N Fr
0.371771
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.393952
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 0.51664 + 0.789805 sin + 0.551627sin 2 + 15.519214 N L
0.079951
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.504887
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 1.330282 + 4.808139 sin + 4.171584sin 2 + 56.262268 N L
0.475686
H2 N GV
HL = e H 2 = H 1 --------------------
0.288657
-
N LV
2
H 1 = 0.380113 + 0.129875 sin + 0.119788sin 2 + 2.343227 N L
f tp k V m
2 dp-
----- s g sin 2 2
dp-
----- = -------------------
- g V eg L V sL
dL f = -------------------------
- dL e g c 144 -------------- + ---------------
2g c d144 dp- Hg HL
----- = ----------------------------------------------
s = L HL + g Hg dL acc g c L 144
f y
---- = 1 + ------------------------------------------------------------------------
fn a0 a1 y + a2 y a3 y + a4 y
2 3 4
a0 = 1.261 a1 = 0.478
a2 = 0.444 a3 = 0.094
a4 = 0.0084
y = ln L
fn = 0.0056 + 0.5 N Rek
Stratified Flow
f g V g
2 dp-
----- s g sin dp-
----- V m V sg s dp
dp-
----- dL e = -------------------
- ---------------------
- ------
dL f
= ------------------------- g c 144 dL acc = g c P 144 dL T
2g c d h 144
g Vg dh s = L HL + g Hg
N Re = 1488 ------------------
g s = g for stratified flow
d h = hydraulic diameter of the pipe
2
dp-
----- f m V m
= ----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
n Vm d
N Re = 1488 ----------------
g
Mist Flow
2
dp-
----- f fr g V g
= ----------------------
-
dL f 2g c d 144
n Vm d
N Re = 1488 ----------------
n
f fr calculated from correlation
f from Moody diagram
B-2 Glossary
Heat Transfer Is the reciprocal of the heat transfer coefficient,
Resistance
Internal Energy This describes the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of its
existence at a certain temperature (for an ideal gas) and pressure
(for a real gas). Only differences in internal energy are of use in
analysis, and then only in deriving other functions such as
enthalpy, heat capacity at constant volume (Cv), etc.
Interval Halving This phrase refers to a network method solution technique when
flow reversals are detected in loop configurations, but where
flow reversals during the solution procedure have been disal-
lowed by the user.
Junction This term describes a node which connects two or more links
together.
K-factor (Also known as resistance coefficient.) This term refers to the
number of velocity heads equivalent to the frictional pressure
drop over a valve or fitting. The K-factor is numerically equal to
fL/d.
K-multiplier See Equivalent Length.
Kinetic Energy This term refers to the energy possessed by a fluid by virtue of
its motion. Kinetic energy is related to the mass and velocity of
the fluid.
Laminar Flow Also known as Streamline Flow. This term refers to single
phase fluid flow where the value of the Reynolds number is less
than 3000 (user-definable value).
Link This is the term used to describe the serial string of devices
which appear between any two nodes. The series of devices are
ordered in the direction of flow as specified by the user.
Liquid Holdup This term is defined as the fraction of a pipes cross-sectional
area which is occupied by liquid. Holdup is used extensively in
two-phase fluid flow analyses, including the determination of
flow regime and in the calculation of two-phase physical prop-
erties such as density and viscosity.
Loading Refers to the fluid flow rate arising from a flare relief depressur-
izing source.
Loop This phrase refers to a particular configuration of piping net-
work where two or more junctions join together to form a loop.
B-4 Glossary
Resistance Coefficient See K-factor.
Reynolds Number This is a dimensionless number which represents the ratio of a
fluids inertia forces to its viscous forces. This number is used
extensively in pressure drop analyses and correlations.
Roughness This term describes the absolute value of the mean size of
roughness on the inside of a section of pipe. This factor is used
in correlations for the prediction of friction factors.
Segment A calculation segment in INPLANT refers to that subdivision of
pipe over which iterative heat and mass balances are performed.
Shear Stress This term refers to the frictional force working at the pipe wall
against the direction of fluid flow.
Shock Wave This term describes a fast and violent dissipation of energy
associated with the change from a critical flow condition to that
of subcritical flow.
Shut-in This phrase refers to a source or sink in a network which has
either zero flow during (or at) solution, or has become its oppo-
site number by virtue of flow reversal in the connecting link.
This source or sink is subsequently eliminated from the solution
procedure together with corresponding feed link(s).
Single Link Method This term describes a simulation type which involves only one
fluid source, one sink, and one series of devices.
Sink This is a node from where fluid leaves, or is rejected from, the
system.
Slip This term is used to describe a two-phase fluid flow phenome-
non where one phase travels at a different speed than the other.
The faster phase is then said to slip past the slower phase.
Positive slip refers to situations where the gas phase is travel-
ling faster than the liquid, and negative slip refers to the reverse
situation.
Sonic Flow See Critical Flow.
Source This is a node from where a fluid is introduced into the system.
Spur Link In the network method, this term describes a sink link which has
its flow rate fixed by the user, and can consequently be decou-
pled from the main iterative solution matrix.
B-6 Glossary
Appendix C
References
Bibliography
1. Moody, L.F.: Friction Factors for Pipe Flow, Trans. ASME, V.66, p.671, 1944.
2. Colebrook, C.F., J. Inst. Civil Engrs. (London), 11:1333 (1938).
3. Y. Taitel & A.E. Dukler: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in Hori-
zontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE Journal Vol. 22, No. 1, Jan.
1976, pages 47-55.
Y. Taitel, D. Barnea & A.E. Dukler: Modeling Flow Pattern Transitions for Steady
Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE Journal Vol. 26, No. 3, May.
1980, pages 345-354.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Vertical Downward
Two-Phase Flow, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5, 1982, page 741-744.
D. Barnea, Y. Taitel & O. Shoham: Flow Pattern Transition for Downward Inclined
Two-Phase Flow Horizontal to Vertical, Chemical Eng. Science, Vol. 37, No. 5,
1982, page 735-740.
4. Moody, F.J.: A Pressure Pulse Model for Two-Phase Critical Flow and Sonic
Velocity, Journal of Heat Transfer, Aug. 1969, Transactions of the ASME.
5. API Recommended Practice 520: Recommended Practice for the Design and
Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries: Part I - Sizing and Selec-
tion, Sixth Edition (1993).
6. Leung, J.: Size Safety Relief Valves for Flashing Liquids, Chemical Eng. Prog-
ress, Feb. 1992, pages 70-75.
7. Standing, M.B. and D.L. Katz: Density of Natural Gases Trans. AIME, 1962, 140.
Yarborough, L. and K.R. Hall: How to Solve Equations of State for Z Factors, Oil
and Gas Journal.
C-2 References
Reid, Prausnitz and Sherwood: The Properties of Gases and Liquids, McGraw-
Hill, p. 481-504 (1977).
Perry, R.H. and C.H. Chilton: Chemical Engineers Handbook, McGraw-Hill, p. 3-
244 (1973).
19. API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 5th Revision (1978), pp. 6-45, 6-46.
20. Soave, G., Chem Engr. Sci., 27, No. 6, p. 1197 (1972). Erbar, J.H., GPA K & MOD
II Program (August 1974).
Reid, Prausnitz, and Sherwood, The Properties of Gases and Liquids, 3rd Edition
(1977).
21. Peng, D.Y., and D.B. Robinson: A New Two Constant Equation of State, I. & E.C.
Fund., 51, pp. 59-64 (1976).
22. Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21, No. 3, p. 510 (1975).
Kesler, M.G. and B.I. Lee, Hydrocarbon Proc., p. 153, March 1976.
Tarakad, R.R. and Ronald Danner, A.I.Ch.E. J., 22, No. 2, pp. 409-411, March 1976.
API Technical Data Book - Petroleum Refining, 3rd Edition, pp. 2-1 to 7-4.
23. Lee, B.I., M.G. Kesler, A.I.Ch.E. J., 21 (3), 510 (1975).
Leland, T.W., W.H. Mueller, I. & E.C., 51 (4), 597, (1959).
Pitzer, K.S., G. O. Hultgren, J.Am.Chem.Soc., 80, 4793 (1958).
Plocker, U., Helmut Knapp, John Prausnitz, I. & E.C. Proc.Des.Dev., Vol. 17, No. 3
(1978).
Prausnitz, J.M., R.D. Gunn, A.I.Ch.E.J., 4, 430, 494 (1958).
24. Simulation Sciences Inc., 1983: The Twu Method for Prediction of Critical Proper-
ties and Molecular Weights for Petroleum and Coal Tar Liquids, Technical Bulletin
#27.
Starling, K.E., J.E. Powers, I. & E.C. Fund., 9,531 (1970).
Starling, K.E., L.L. Lee, C.H. Twu, K.C. Mo, 1978: Self Consistent Correlation of
Thermodynamic and Transport Properties, Thesis, Gas Research Institute and
A.G.A. School of Chemical Engineering, University of Oklahoma.
Twu, C.H.: Prediction of Thermodynamic Properties of Normal Paraffins Using
only Normal Boiling Point, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 11 (1983), 65-81, Elsevier Sci-
ence Publishers, B. V., Amsterdam.
Twu, C.H.: Boiling Point as a Third Parameter for Use in a Generalized Equation
of State, Fluid Phase Equilibria, 13, (1983), 189-194, Elsevier Science Publishers.
C-4 References
39. Gray, H.E.: Vertical Flow Correlation in Gas Wells, in User Manual for API 14B,
Subsurface Controlled Safety Valve Sizing Computer Program, App. B (June 1974).
40. Flanigan, O.: Effect of Uphill Flow on Pressure Drop in Design of Two-Phase
Gathering Systems, Oil and Gas Jour. (March 10, 1958) 56.
41. Lockhart, R.W. and R.C. Martinelli: Proposed Correlation of Data for Isothermal
Two-Phase, Two Component Flow in Pipes, Chem. Eng. Prog. (Jan. 1949) 45, 39.
42. Eaton, B.A.: The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses
Occurring during Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines, Ph.D. The-
sis, The U. of Texas (1966).
43. Steady-State Flow Computation Manual for Natural Gas Transmission Lines, Amer-
ican Gas Association, New York (1964).
44. Mukherjee, H. K.: An Experimental Study of Inclined Two Phase Flow, Ph.D. dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa, 1979.
45. Lawson, J. D. and J.P. Brill: A Statistical Evaluation of Methods used to Predict
Pressure Losses for Multiphase Flow in Vertical Oil Well Tubing, SPE 4267 to be
presented at 48th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev.,Sept 30 -Oct. 3, 1973.
Vohra, I. R., J.R. Robinson,J.P. Brill: Evaluation of Three New Methods for Pre-
dicting Pressure Losses in Vertical Oil Well Tubing, SPE 4689, presented at the
48th annual SPE Fall meeting, Las Vegas, Nev., 1973.
46. Browne, E.J.P.: Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two-Phase Pressure Loss
Calculations, SPE 5000, Presented at the 49th Annual SPE fall Meeting, Houston,
Texas, 1974.
47. Degance, A.E. and R.W.Atherton: Horizontal - Flow Correlations, Chem. Eng.
(July 13, 1970), 95.
48. Dukler, A.E., et al: Gas-Liquid Flow in Pipelines, I. Research Results, AGA-API
Project NX -28 (May 1969).
49. Mandhane, J.M.,G.A.Gregory,K.Aziz: Critical Evaluation of Holdup Prediction
Methods For Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 5140, Presented at SPE
Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974.
50. Vohra, I.R., et al: Comparison of Liquid Holdup Correlations For Gas-Liquid Flow
in Horizontal Pipes, SPE 4690, Presented at the SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las
Vegas, Nev., Oct. 1973.
51. Palmer, C.M.: Evaluation of Inclined Pipe Two-Phase Liquid Holdup Correlations
Using Experimental Data, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
52. Payne, G.A.: Experimental Evaluation of Two-Phase Pressure Loss Correlations for
Inclined Pipe, M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1975).
53. SIMSCI Steam Package from: Keenan, J.H. et al: Thermodynamic Properties of
Water Including Vapor, Liquid and Solid Phases, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
C-6 References
73. Vazquez, A., M.E.: Correlations for Fluid Physical Property Prediction, M.S. The-
sis, Tulsa University.
74. Ramey, H.J. Jr., Wellbore Heat Transmission, J. Pet. Tech., April 1962, 427-440.
75. Churchill, S.W., Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass and
Momentum Transfer in Fully-Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Industrial &
Engineering Chemistry Fundamentals, 1977, 16 (1), pp 109-115.
76. Churchill, S.W. (1977), Comprehensive Correlating Equations for Heat, Mass, and
Momentum Transfer in Fully Developed Flow in Smooth Tubes, Ind. Eng. Chemis-
try Fundamentals, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 109-115.
77. Ansari, A.M.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for Upward Two-Phase
Flow, MS Thesis, University of Tulsa (1988).
78. Taitel, Y., Barnea, D., and Dukler, A.E.: Modelling Flow Pattern Transition for
Steady Upward Gas-Liquid Flow in Vertical Tubes, AIChE J. (1980), 26, 345- 354.
79. Barnea, D.: A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern Transition for the Whole
Range of Pipe Inclinations, Int. J. Multiphase Flow (1987), 13, 1-12.
80. Caetano, E.F.: Upward Vertical Two-Phase Flow Through an Annulus, Ph.D. Dis-
sertation, University of Tulsa (1986).
81. Fernandes, R.C., Semait, T., and Dukler, A.E.: Hydrodynamic Model for Gas-Liq-
uid Slug Flow in Vertical Tubes, AICHE J., (1986), 29, 981-989.
82. Sylvester, N.D.: A Mechanistic Model for Two-Phase Vertical Slug Flow in Pipes,
ASME J. Energy Resources Tech., (1987), 109, 206-213.
83. Xiao, J.J., Shoham, O., and Brill, J.P.: A Comprehensive Mechanistic Model for
Two-Phase Flow in Pipelines, 65th Annual SPE Conference, New Orleans, Sep-
tember 23-26, 1990.
84. Taitel, Y. and Dukler, A.E.: A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Transitions in
Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 22, No. 1, 47-55
(1980).
85. Andritsos, N. and Hanratty, T.J.: Influence of Interfacial Waves in Stratified Gas-
Liquid Flow, AIChE J., 33, No. 3, 444-454 (1987).
86. Baker, A., Nielsen, K. and Gabb, A.: Pressure Loss, Liquid Holdup Calculations
Developed, Oil & Gas J., 55-59 (March 14, 1988).
McLeod, W.R., Rhodes, D.F., and Day, J.J.: Radiotracers in Gas-Liquid Transpor-
tation Problems - A Field Case, J.Pet.Tech., 939-947 (August, 1971).
87. Oliemans, R.V.A., Potts, B.F., and Trope, N.: Modelling of Annular Dispersed
Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Pipes, Int. J. Multiphase Flow 12, No. 5, 711-732
(1986).
88. Taitel, Y. and Barnea, D.: A Consistent Approach for calculating Pressure Drops in
Inclined Slug Flows, Chem. Eng. Sci. 45, No. 5, 1199-1206 (1990).
C-8 References
Appendix D
User-Definable Nominal Pipe Sizes
VALVE 4-138 W
Valve 4-138
angle 4-139
gas lift 3-35 Warning
pressure drop calculation 3-33 pressure ratio 4-109
resistance coefficient 4-139 temperature 4-109
user-defined pressure drop 4-139 WATER 4-55
velocity constant 4-139 Water
Van der Waals density of surrounding 4-97
area and volume 4-34 fraction at inversion point 4-66
Vapor maximum cut 4-115
density 3-12 options 4-55
fugacity 4-50 percent in liquid phase 4-81
pressure 4-40 properties 4-55
solubility calculation 4-55
Variables
thermal conductivity 4-25, 4-97
for sensitivity analysis 3-48
velocity 4-97
VC 4-39 viscosity of surrounding 4-97
Velocity volume fraction in link 4-95
constant for valve 4-139 Water gas ratio 4-81
data report 5-22
Water solubility 3-9
of annular medium 4-102
of surrounding medium 4-97 WATSONK factor 4-86
output 5-28 Well 4-112
VENTURIMETER 4-140 abandonment pressure 4-115
flow coefficient 4-140 choke inside 4-130
pressure drop calculation 3-33 data for time-stepping 4-122
user-defined pressure drop 4-140 devices 4-111
flow basis 4-115
VISCOSITY 4-40, 4-64
hole diameter 4-101
Viscosity 3-19, 4-40, 4-58, 4-101 maximum gas oil ratio 4-115
blackoil 4-60, 4-61, 4-62, 4-64 maximum water cut 4-115
compositional fluid 4-59 minimum bottom hole pressure 4-115
correlations 3-17, 4-65 pump inside 4-125